Software Operator's Manual iAnalyze€¦ · 5 Configuring On-Screen Vehicle Display Vehicle Display Wizard On-Screen Vehicle Display Printing a Vehicle Record 6 Configuring iANALYZE

Software Operator's Manual

iAnalyze

Dwg#: 82200101

INTERNATIONAL ROAD DYNAMICS INC.

QUALITY IN MOTION

Software Operator's Manual

iAnalyze

Part No. 82200101

Revision Z

Date: 11/10/2015

International Road Dynamics Inc. reserves the right to alter any of its products or related published

technical data anytime, without notice.

Copyright© 2014 by International Road Dynamics Inc. (IRD)

All rights reserved, including the right to reproduce this document or portions thereof in any

form whatsoever, without written consent of the copyright holder. For information, please

contact IRD at:

Corporate Office U.S. Corporate Office

702 43rd Street 2402 Spring Ridge Drive, Suite E

Saskatoon, Sask. Spring Grove, IL

Canada S7K 3T9 USA 60081

Tel: (306) 653-6600 Ph: 1 (877) 444-4473

Fax: (306) 242-5599 Fax: (815) 675-1530

For further information or assistance, call IRD's Customer Service Hotline

at (306) 653-6626 or Toll Free at (877) 444-4IRD (4473)

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

IANALYZE i

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS ................................................................................................... I

1 ABOUT THIS MANUAL ......................................................................................... 1-1

1.1 Purpose and Scope ..................................................................................... 1-1

1.2 Document Overview .................................................................................... 1-1

1.3 Related Reference Materials ....................................................................... 1-3

1.4 Points of Contact ......................................................................................... 1-3

1.5 Acronyms, Terms and Definitions .............................................................. 1-4

1.5.2.1 WIM Electronics ................................................................................. 1-5

1.5.3.1 Class .................................................................................................. 1-5 1.5.3.2 Errors, Warnings and Violations ........................................................ 1-6 1.5.3.3 Weight ................................................................................................ 1-6

2 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................... 2-1

2.1 iANALYZE System Overview ...................................................................... 2-1

2.2 Data Sources and Formats .......................................................................... 2-1

2.3 System Requirements ................................................................................. 2-1

2.4 Installing iAnalyze ....................................................................................... 2-2

2.4.1.1 Version 5.0 or later ............................................................................ 2-2

3 NAVIGATING THE IANALYZE SOFTWARE ......................................................... 3-1

3.1 Window Layout ............................................................................................ 3-1

3.1.1.1 Show/Hide Display ............................................................................ 3-2

3.1.2.1 Taskbar Shortcut Keys ...................................................................... 3-2

3.2 Help and Administrative Functions ............................................................ 3-1

4 GETTING STARTED .............................................................................................. 4-1

4.1 Launching the Application .......................................................................... 4-1


IANALYZE ii

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

4.2 iANALYZE Site Setup .................................................................................. 4-2

4.2.2.1 Organization Information Panel ......................................................... 4-3

4.2.2.2 Logo Graphics File Panel .................................................................. 4-3 4.2.2.3 Data Operations Buttons ................................................................... 4-4 4.2.2.4 To Add a New Organization .............................................................. 4-4

4.2.3.1 About Classifications ......................................................................... 4-4 4.2.3.2 Classification and Compliance File Types ......................................... 4-5

4.2.3.3 iANALYZE Custom Scheme Location ............................................... 4-5 4.2.3.4 Vehicle Classification Schemes......................................................... 4-6

4.2.4.1 Measurement Systems ...................................................................... 4-7 4.2.4.2 Select Measurement Unit .................................................................. 4-7

5 CONFIGURING ON-SCREEN VEHICLE DISPLAY ............................................... 5-1

5.1 Vehicle Display Wizard ................................................................................ 5-1

5.1.1.1 Select Site .......................................................................................... 5-2 5.1.1.2 Select Data ........................................................................................ 5-2

5.1.2.1 Class Selection .................................................................................. 5-5

5.1.2.2 Select Lane(s).................................................................................... 5-6

5.1.3.1 Vehicles to Display ............................................................................ 5-7

5.1.3.2 Display Format................................................................................... 5-7

5.1.3.3 Vehicle Data ...................................................................................... 5-8

5.2 On-Screen Vehicle Display .......................................................................... 5-8

5.2.1.1 View Vehicles Tab ........................................................................... 5-10 5.2.1.2 Mode ................................................................................................ 5-10


IANALYZE iii

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

5.2.1.3 Vehicle Summary Record ................................................................ 5-11

5.3 Printing A Vehicle Record ........................................................................... 5-3

6 CONFIGURING IANALYZE REPORTS ................................................................. 6-1

6.1 Report Wizard: Create Reports Wizard ...................................................... 6-1

6.1.1.1 Select Site .......................................................................................... 6-2 6.1.1.2 Select Data ........................................................................................ 6-2 6.1.1.3 Select Output ..................................................................................... 6-2

6.1.1.4 Select Input: Template ....................................................................... 6-4

6.1.2.1 Select Reports List ............................................................................ 6-6

6.1.2.2 Reports By Classification ................................................................... 6-8

6.1.3.1 Class Selection ................................................................................ 6-12 6.1.3.2 Select Lane(s).................................................................................. 6-13


IANALYZE iv

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

6.1.3.3 Traffic Data ...................................................................................... 6-13

6.1.3.4 Lane Grouping ................................................................................. 6-14 6.1.3.5 Interval ............................................................................................. 6-14 6.1.3.6 Set Chart Option… .......................................................................... 6-15

6.1.3.7 Set Parameters… ............................................................................ 6-15

6.2 Generating a Report .................................................................................. 6-16

6.2.1.1 Report Display Window ................................................................... 6-17

6.2.2.1 Traffic Data Reference Terminology ............................................... 6-20 6.2.2.2 Report Ranges and Unit Selection .................................................. 6-21 6.2.2.3 Report Types and Range Selection ................................................ 6-22

6.2.3.1 Report Header ................................................................................. 6-23

6.2.3.2 Report Detail Format ....................................................................... 6-25

6.2.3.3 Footers ............................................................................................. 6-27

7 CONFIGURING REPORT PARAMETERS............................................................. 7-1

7.1 Report Parameters Window ........................................................................ 7-1

7.1.1.1 Close .................................................................................................. 7-2

7.1.1.2 Save & Close ..................................................................................... 7-2 7.1.1.3 Save ................................................................................................... 7-2 7.1.1.4 Reset ................................................................................................. 7-2


IANALYZE v

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

7.1.1.5 Reset All ............................................................................................ 7-3

7.1.2.1 Show Only User Configurable Reports ............................................. 7-4

7.1.3.1 Parameter Entry Panels .................................................................... 7-5

8 CREATING REPORT TEMPLATES ...................................................................... 8-1

8.1 The Template Editor .................................................................................... 8-1

8.1.1.1 Template ............................................................................................ 8-2

8.1.1.2 Select Output ..................................................................................... 8-3

8.2 Generating a Report From Template .......................................................... 8-3

9 THE SITE EDITOR: CONFIGURING SITE SPECIFICS ......................................... 9-1

9.1 Site Editor Operations ................................................................................. 9-2

9.2 Specifying Site Name and ID ....................................................................... 9-2

9.3 Establishing Site Directories ...................................................................... 9-5

9.3.2.1 Image Directory Considerations ........................................................ 9-5

9.4 Configuring Vehicle Timestamp ................................................................. 9-6

9.4.1.1 Determining A Precise Time Stamp Value ........................................ 9-6

9.5 Selecting a Data Source .............................................................................. 9-7


IANALYZE vi

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

9.6 Specifying Lane Information ....................................................................... 9-9

9.7 Additional Site Reporting Defaults ............................................................. 9-9

9.7.3.1 ESAL Methods ................................................................................. 9-12

9.7.3.2 AASHTO Inputs Pane ...................................................................... 9-14

9.7.3.3 General Inputs Pane ........................................................................ 9-16 9.7.3.4 Use ESAL Values Calculated On Site ............................................. 9-16

9.7.7.1 DAW 100 Data Settings ................................................................... 9-22 9.7.7.2 TRS WIM Data Settings .................................................................. 9-22

9.8 Configuring FHWA TMG Exports Information ......................................... 9-24

9.8.1.1 Lane/ Dir of Travel ........................................................................... 9-25 9.8.1.2 Traffic volume: ................................................................................. 9-25 9.8.1.3 Classification:................................................................................... 9-26 9.8.1.4 Truck Weight:................................................................................... 9-27

9.8.2.1 Route Signing .................................................................................. 9-31

10 LANGUAGE FILES .............................................................................................. 10-1

10.1 How iANALYZE Uses Language Files ...................................................... 10-1

10.2 Opening a Language File .......................................................................... 10-1

10.3 Modifying a Language File ........................................................................ 10-2

10.4 Value Fields ................................................................................................ 10-3

10.4.5.1 Shared Alt-Key Commands ............................................................. 10-4

10.5 Creating Resource Files ............................................................................ 10-4

10.6 iANALYZE Usage of Language Files ........................................................ 10-5

10.6.1.1 Gregorian Calendar Setting ............................................................. 10-6


IANALYZE vii

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

APPENDICES ............................................................................................................. A-1

APPENDIX A IANALYZE INSTALLATION NOTES ................................................ A-1

Preserved Installation Settings .................................................................. A-1

.NET Framework and Crystal Reports Runtime Library ........................... A-1

iANALYZE Operator’s Manual .................................................................... A-2

iANALYZE Installation Steps ..................................................................... A-2

APPENDIX B IANALYZE COMMAND LINE INTERFACE ...................................... B-1

Command Line Syntax ............................................................................... B-1

Command Line Parameters ........................................................................ B-1

Output FileName Syntax ............................................................................ B-2

Command Line and Custom Reports ........................................................ B-2

Command Line and Template Files ........................................................... B-4

Creating a Batch File .................................................................................. B-5

APPENDIX C CHART TYPE EXAMPLES ............................................................... C-1

APPENDIX D IANALYZE REPORTS ...................................................................... D-1

Summary ..................................................................................................... D-1

Class .......................................................................................................... D-10

Lane ........................................................................................................... D-19

Volume....................................................................................................... D-27

Peaks ......................................................................................................... D-29

Speed ......................................................................................................... D-41

Length ....................................................................................................... D-46

Error / Status ............................................................................................. D-49

FHWA ......................................................................................................... D-70

MEPDG ...................................................................................................... D-97

Weight ....................................................................................................... D-99

Weight Violation ...................................................................................... D-122

IRD ASCII ................................................................................................. D-131

ESAL ........................................................................................................ D-133

Safety System ......................................................................................... D-137

Road Condition ....................................................................................... D-144

External Data Items CSV ........................................................................ D-158

CTWIM ..................................................................................................... D-162

Other ........................................................................................................ D-175

APPENDIX E CUSTOM REPORTS ........................................................................ E-1

Custom ........................................................................................................ E-1

Custom-Data Validity Checks .................................................................. E-53


IANALYZE viii

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

APPENDIX F STATUS AND ERROR MESSAGES ................................................ F-1

WIM Status Conditions ............................................................................... F-1

Credential Status Conditions ..................................................................... F-3

Sort Decision Status States ....................................................................... F-4

Error Status Conditions ............................................................................. F-4

APPENDIX G LANGUAGE AND COUNTRY CODES ............................................. G-1

Language Codes ......................................................................................... G-1

Country Codes ............................................................................................ G-4

APPENDIX H FHWA VEHICLE CLASSES ............................................................. H-1

APPENDIX I TC/C-540 CONFIGURATION .............................................................. I-1

System Configuration ................................................................................... I-1

Axle Classification: Default.AXL Settings ................................................... I-2

Speed Classification: Default.SPD Settings................................................ I-3

Length Classification: Default Settings ....................................................... I-3

Headway Classification: Default Settings ................................................... I-3

Gap Classification: Default Settings ........................................................... I-3

TC/C-540 Lane Configuration ....................................................................... I-3

Reports Not Compatible with TC/C-540 Data .............................................. I-4

APPENDIX J CONVERT DOS OFFICE ................................................................... J-1

APPENDIX K WHAT’S NEW .................................................................................. K-1

Revision Descriptions ................................................................................ K-1

Revision History ......................................................................................... K-5

APPENDIX L LIST OF FIGURES, REPORTS AND TABLES ................................. L-1

List of Figures ............................................................................................. L-1

List of Tables............................................................................................... L-3

List of Reports ............................................................................................ L-3

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL ABOUT THIS MANUAL

IANALYZE PAGE 1-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

1 ABOUT THIS MANUAL

1.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This manual provides a detailed description of the iANALYZE software application, detailing functions and procedures performed at the Operator Workstation.

1.2 DOCUMENT OVERVIEW

Section Section Overview:

1 About this Manual

Purpose and Scope

Document Overview

Related Reference Materials

Points of Contact

Acronyms, Terms and Definitions

2 Introduction

Window Layout Help and Administrative Functions

3 Navigating the iANALYZE Software

Window Layout

Help and Administrative Functions

4 Getting Started

Launching the Application

iANALYZE Site Setup

5 Configuring On-Screen Vehicle Display

Vehicle Display Wizard

On-Screen Vehicle Display

Printing a Vehicle Record

6 Configuring iANALYZE Reports

Report Wizard: Create Reports Wizard

Generating a Report

7 Configuring Report Parameters

Report Parameters Window

8 Creating Report Templates

The Template Editor Generating a Report From Template


IANALYZE PAGE 1-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Section Section Overview:

9 The Site Editor: Configuring Site Specifics

Site Editor Operations

Specifying Site Name and ID

Establishing Site Directories

Configuring Vehicle Timestamp

Selecting a Data Source

Specifying Lane Information

Additional Site Reporting Defaults

Configuring FHWA TMG Exports Information

10 Language Files

How iANALYZE Uses Language Files Opening a Language File

Modifying a Language File Value Fields

Creating Resource Files

iANALYZE Usage of Language Files

Appendices:

A: iANALYZE Installation Notes B: iANALYZE Command Line Interface

C: Chart Type Examples

D: iANALYZE Reports

E: Custom Reports F: Status and Error Messages

G: Language and Country Codes

H: FHWA Vehicle Classes

I: TC/C-540 Configuration

J: Convert DOS Office

K: What’s New L: List of Figures, Reports and Tables


IANALYZE PAGE 1-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

DOCUMENT CONVENTIONS

Indicates Important information about equipment or procedures that can impact future decisions and/or actions.

It is imperative that you read and understand the instructions in this manual. Failure to follow the instructions or heed the warnings could result in compromised performance or results.

Indicates a best practice procedure.

Indicates a potentially concerning situation that, if not avoided, may result in minor to moderate loss of data or software functionality.

1.3 RELATED REFERENCE MATERIALS Web

www.irdinc.com

http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/policyinformation/tmguide/

IRD Documentation

See IRD Manuals provided for this site.

Other Document Sources

FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide, 2013 edition

FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide, 2001 edition available at the same link.

AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavement Structures, 1986

1.4 POINTS OF CONTACT For clarification of any material appearing in the Manual or if any problems are encountered during daily operations, contact the Customer Service Hotline of International Road Dynamics Inc. at the number shown below.

Customer Service Hotline: (306) 653-6626

Toll Free: 1 (877) 444-4473



IANALYZE PAGE 1-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

1.5 ACRONYMS, TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

ACRONYMS

IRD List of Abbreviations

Abbrev. Refers To

ALPR Automatic License Plate Reader

ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials

AUR Automatic USDOT Number Reader

AVI Automatic Vehicle Identification

CSV Comma Separated Value

CVIEW Commercial Vehicle Information Exchange Window

CVISN Commercial Vehicles Information Systems Network

CVO Commercial Vehicle Operations

ESAL Equivalent Single Axle Load

FAW Front Axle Weight

FHWA Federal Highways Association

GVW Gross Vehicle Weight

IFTA International Fuel Tax Agreement

iSINC Intelligent Sensor Interface and Network Controller

ITS Intelligent Transportation System

LCS Lane Control Signals

LSM Loop Sensor Module

MEPDG Mechanistic Empirical Pavement Design Guide

NCIC National Crime Information Center

NTCIP National Transportation Communication Interface Protocol

PLC Programmable Logic Controller

PRISM Performance and Registration Information Systems Management

SAFER Safety and Fitness Electronic Records

SLC Single Load Cell

SSM Scale Sensor Module

UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply

USDOT United States Department Of Transportation

VMS Variable Message Sign

VMSS Vehicle Monitoring and Signal System

WCU WIM Control Unit

WIM Weigh in Motion

WSB Weigh Station Bypass


IANALYZE PAGE 1-5

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

DEFINITIONS

1.5.2.1 WIM Electronics

TERMS

1.5.3.1 Class

Passenger Vehicle Any vehicle meeting criteria for Classes 1 through 3 in the FHWA Classification Scheme. See Appendix H: FHWA Vehicle Classes.

Commercial Vehicle Truck; Any vehicle meeting criteria for Class 4 and above in the FHWA Classification Scheme. See Appendix H: FHWA Vehicle Classes.

Unclassified Vehicle Any vehicle specification that does not match any criteria for the designated classification scheme.

Roadside Cabinet

Houses WIM system electronics:

• iSINC® control unit.

• Sensor interface equipment.

• Communications equipment; and a

• Power supply.

WIM Electronics

Located in roadside cabinets; interprets vehicledata captured via sensors.

Automatically calculates:

• speed, weight, length; and

• distance between axles.

WIM iSINC®

Intelligent Sensor Interface and Network Controller:

• Accepts sensor inputs; processes theminto weights, distances and speeds.

• Compiles information into a vehicle record; and

• Performs as the network server.


IANALYZE PAGE 1-6

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

1.5.3.2 Errors, Warnings and Violations

Non-Error Vehicle A vehicle for which a compliance check has returned no error condition. For a list of error conditions and codes, See Appendix F.4: Error Status Conditions.

Error Vehicle A vehicle for which a compliance check has returned an error condition. For a list of error conditions and codes, see Appendix F.4: Error Status Conditions.

WIM Status A warning message associated with and generated upon the determination of a potential WIM violation condition. For a list of WIM status messages and descriptions, See Appendix F.1: WIM Status Conditions.

Warning Status A subset of WIM Status, above.

Status Set A collection of one or more WIM Status conditions. See Appendix F.1: WIM Status Conditions.

Status Clear Vehicle A vehicle for which no WIM status condition is present.

Violation Vehicle A vehicle for which a compliance check has confirmed a WIM Status or a credential non-compliance condition.

Credential Status A status indicator of a credential compliant/non-compliant state. See Appendix F.2: Credential Status Conditions.

Sort Decision Status A status indicator of the sorter decision assigned to a vehicle passing through WIM system. See Appendix F.3: Sort Decision Status States.

1.5.3.3 Weight

Weighed Vehicle A vehicle for which weight data is present.

No-Weight Vehicle A vehicle for which a weight measurement has not been acquired.

Valid Weight Vehicle A vehicle for which a verifiable and accurate non-error weight measurement has been acquired.

Good Weight Vehicle A Valid Weight and Status Clear vehicle; or a Valid Weight with WIM Status - Good Weight Exceptions. See Appendix F.1: WIM Status Conditions.

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL INTRODUCTION

IANALYZE PAGE 2-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

2 INTRODUCTION

2.1 IANALYZE SYSTEM OVERVIEW

IRD iANALYZE®5 is a software program that facilitates management, analysis and report generation of traffic data collected by Traffic Counters, Classifiers, IRD Virtual Weigh Station Systems, and WIM (Weigh-In-Motion) systems.

FEATURES

Enhanced vehicle data and record processing with the ability to process more than one year of data.

Comprehensive reporting including FHWA Traffic Management Guide (TMG) standard reports.

Automatic export of ASCII reports (including all FHWA TMG reports) to file.

Easy data export to Adobe and Microsoft applications including Excel, Access, and Word.

Intuitive interface with built-in guides for standard tasks.

Multi-language capability.

2.2 DATA SOURCES AND FORMATS

iANALYZE software can process traffic data files from the following IRD systems:

1060 Series Weigh-In-Motion System, Rev 8 - Rev 11 formats (inclusive)

iSINC Data Gathering System

DAW 190 US WIM Systems

TC/C-540 Data Gathering System

See Appendix I TC/C-540 Configuration for information on configuring the TC/C-540 to produce data files in the format required by iANALYZE.

TRSWIM

2.3 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

SOFTWARE

This software runs on a 32 or 64 bit stand-alone/networked computer and is compatible with the following operating systems:

Microsoft Windows XP

Server 2003

Server 2008

Vista

Windows 7

Windows 8

Windows 10

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL INTRODUCTION

IANALYZE PAGE 2-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

HARDWARE

The minimum hardware requirements depend on:

Size of the data files to be processed; and

.Net Framework System Version

Hardware Requirements Version 4 Full

Processor Minimum 1 GHz Recommended 1 GHz & higher

RAM Minimum 512 MB

Recommended 2 GB

Meeting minimum hardware requirements only results in slower performance.

2.4 INSTALLING IANALYZE

The iANALYZE software cannot exist on the same machine as a previously installed version of the iANALYZE software or iANALYZE Demo software.

Uninstall any previous iANALYZE software version before proceeding with a new installation (see Appendix A iANALYZE Installation Notes).

To install iANALYZE:

1. Insert the CD in the CD drive; the automatic installation routine should start.

If the auto installer does not start, manually navigate to the CD directory.

2. Follow the steps as directed from the installation window.

On a 64 Bit operating system, double-click Setup64.exe.

On a 32-Bit edition, or if you do not know the operating system edition, double-click Setup.exe to run the installation.

See Appendix A iANALYZE Installation Notes for more information.

IANALYZE VERSION NOTES

2.4.1.1 Version 5.0 or later

User relevant files and settings are stored in the common documents folder determined by the computer operating system.

Windows XP: C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Documents\IRD\iAnalyze

Vista/Windows 7/8: C:\Users\Public\Public Documents\IRD\iAnalyze

Windows 10: C:\Users\Public\Public Documents\IRD\iAnalyze

User relevant files and settings are stored in the following folders:

Classify, Culture, Log, Params, Reports, Veh_Rec

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL NAVIGATING THE IANALYZE SOFTWARE

IANALYZE PAGE 3-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

3 NAVIGATING THE IANALYZE SOFTWARE

3.1 WINDOW LAYOUT The iANALYZE Window is composed of the following layout elements:

Window Header

Main Taskbar

Page Tabs

Panels; and associated Dialogue Area;

Status Bar

Figure 3-1 iANALYZE Window: Layout Elements

1

2

3

4

5


IANALYZE PAGE 3-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

WINDOW HEADER

3.1.1.1 Show/Hide Display

Collapse Header/ Show Header: The header may be collapsed as desired to create display room for more pertinent information.

To collapse the iANALYZE window header:

1. Right click anywhere in the window header; a Collapse Header button appears.

Figure 3-2 Collapse Header

2. Click the Collapse Header button to hide the window header.

To return the header display:

1. Right-click anywhere in the Main Taskbar, Figure 3-3 (below) to display the Show Header button.

2. Click the Show Header button to expand the window header.

MAIN TASKBAR

Figure 3-3 Main Taskbar

The Main Taskbar is used to access iANALYZE functions and features.

Taskbar display changes contextually depending on current function/feature selection.

The button associated with the current display does not appear on the taskbar.

In Figure 3-3 above, the Create Reports Wizard button is not displayed.

To select a function:

Click the desired function button on the Main Taskbar.

3.1.2.1 Taskbar Shortcut Keys

Shortcut keys may also be used in the selection of functions and features. The underlined character of any option identifies the designated hotkey.

To select a function with a shortcut key:

1. Press and hold the ALT key.

2. While holding the ALT key down, press the hot key (underlined letter).


IANALYZE PAGE 3-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

TAB NAVIGATION BAR

Numerous windows may be open concurrently.

When the tabbed display requires more space than the size of the application window, navigation scrolling arrows appear on the left and right side of the tabs.

To display tabs not currently visible:

Click the left or right arrow to scroll through open tabs.

To Close a tab:

Click the tab close button .

To Close All tabs:

Right-click on any tab and click Close all tabs.

PAGE TABS, PANELS AND DIALOGUES

Figure 3-4 Window Dialogue Sample

Page Tab Provides access to one or more associated panes, panels and dialogues for specifying parameters.

Panel Separates and organizes functional features.

1

3

2


IANALYZE PAGE 3-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Panel Options Provides options specific to the current panel selection.

Dialogue parameters are set/selected via:

Dropdown List Box

Check Box

Input Box

Radio Button

Calendar Picker

Operations Buttons

STATUS BAR

Figure 3-5 Status Bar

The status bar reflects currently applied option/parameter settings:

In Figure 3-5 above, the current settings are:

Current Window Create Reports See 6.1 Report Wizard: Create Reports Wizard.

Units Metric See 4.2.4 Specifying Measurement Units.

Current Report Classification Scheme FHWA_DOS See 4.2.3 Selecting Vehicle Classification Scheme.


IANALYZE PAGE 3-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

3.2 HELP AND ADMINISTRATIVE FUNCTIONS

Figure 3-6 Help and Admin Functions

The iANALYZE Main Taskbar contains three (3) options that provide access to relevant help and information resources:

About

Manual

Update

ABOUT

Figure 3-7 iANALYZE About Window

The About window (above) displays the following information:

IRD Part Number, Release Version of this software and indicator of whether iANALYZE is running as a 32-bit or a 64-bit application.

Build Number for the code.

The Language File currently in use; See section 10 Language Files for a detailed description of these files and their respective settings.

To display iANALYZE system information:

1. From the iANALYZE Main Taskbar, click .

2. To close the About window, left-click anywhere on the About window.

MANUAL

Help can be quickly accessed from the iANALYZE application.

To display the iANALYZE Operator’s Manual:

From the iANALYZE Main Taskbar, click .

MANUAL.pdf As part of the CD installation process, the iANALYZE Software Operator’s Manual (PDF format), is placed in the following directory:

C:\Users\Public\Public Documents\IRD\iANALYZE

The manual is also available for download from the IRD website:

http://www.irdinc.com/pcategory/software/software-download.html



IANALYZE PAGE 3-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

UPDATE

The Update button is linked to the IRD website:


To open the IRD Software Download page:


To determine when a software update is necessary:

Compare the iANALYZE version number displayed in the About window with the most current version available from the website.

To update your iANALYZE software:

1. Contact IRD at [email protected] to request the version update.

A password will be provided for the installation zip file.

2. Download the update from the Software Download page.

3. When prompted, enter the supplied password to open the downloaded zip file and install the update.


mailto:[email protected]

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL GETTING STARTED

IANALYZE PAGE 4-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

4 GETTING STARTED

4.1 LAUNCHING THE APPLICATION

To start the iANALYZE program:

1. Double-click the desktop shortcut icon:

or navigate to the iANALYZE directory and double-click iANALYZEG.exe.

The iANALYZE About window displays briefly.

Initially, when sites have not been defined, a warning message is displayed:

Figure 4-1 No Sites Message

2. Click OK. Launching iANALYZE for the first time displays the Site Editor:

Figure 4-2 Initial iANALYZE Launch: Site Editor

Once a site has been created, starting the iANALYZE application will automatically display the Create Report Wizards window.


IANALYZE PAGE 4-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

4.2 IANALYZE SITE SETUP This section briefly describes initial procedures for customizing/configuring an iANALYZE site.

Initial site setup procedures include:

Adding a Site Specifying Organization Detail Selecting Site Classification Scheme; and Specifying Measurement Units

ADDING A SITE: SITE EDITOR

The Site Editor (Figure 4-2, above) is used to create new sites and edit existing sites.

For a complete description of adding and configuring a site, see section 9. The Site Editor: Configuring Site Specifics.

SPECIFYING ORGANIZATION DETAIL: USER INFORMATION

Figure 4-3 User Information Window

Organization/Company detail is configured for Report Headers through the iANALYZE User Information window.

Until user information has been defined, a warning message is generated (left), and will continue to be displayed every time a report is initiated.

Click OK to continue on to the User Information window.

Figure 4-4 Load User Info Failed Message

1

2

3


IANALYZE PAGE 4-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

The User Information window displays the:

Organization Information panel

Logo Graphics File panel; and

Data Operations Buttons (2).

4.2.2.1 Organization Information Panel

Figure 4-5 Organization Information Pane

There are two (2) formats for Report Headers: Text and Graphics File

Text

Text Click Text; and

Enter/ Edit text to be displayed in the Report Header.

Graphics File

Graphics File Click Graphics File; and

Type the file path and name for the graphic image; or

Click to locate the desired graphics file.

File Formats Recognized graphic formats: .bmp .jpg, .tif, .png

Default Dimensions 138 mm wide x 4 mm high

The graphics file is automatically resized to fit these dimensions, regardless of the initial values.

Using height to width proportions different from those of the default will result in graphic distortion.

For a 300 dpi printer, the given dimensions would match an image 1630 pixels wide by 48 pixels high; this size or multiples thereof are recommended.

4.2.2.2 Logo Graphics File Panel

In addition to the organization information above, a corporate logo image may also be included (affixed to the top left corner of the Report Header).

Figure 4-6 Logo Graphics File

Type the file path and name; or

Click to locate the desired Logo file.


IANALYZE PAGE 4-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Default Logo: IRD Logo image

File Formats Recognized graphic formats: .bmp .jpg, .tif, .png

Default Dimensions 26 mm wide x 24 mm high

The graphics file is automatically resized to fit these dimensions, regardless of the initial values.

Using height to width proportions different from those of the default (13 to 12 ratio) will result in graphic distortion.

For a 300 dpi printer, the given dimensions would match an image 312 pixels wide by 288 pixels high; this size or multiples thereof are recommended.

4.2.2.3 Data Operations Buttons

Click Browse to navigate to available directory locations for file selection.

Click to Save and apply configured options.

4.2.2.4 To Add a New Organization

1. Click the desired Organization Information format.

2. Specify report header content:

Text: Type the desired text; or

Graphics File: Type path and filename or browse to locate and select file.

3. Specify a Company Logo Image:

Type path and filename or browse to locate and select Company Logo image.

4. Click Save.

SELECTING VEHICLE CLASSIFICATION SCHEME

4.2.3.1 About Classifications

Classification schemes sort vehicles into groups based on specific details of vehicle data:

number of axles axle spacing axle weight; and GVW

A classification and compliance scheme is typically associated with weight regulations and restrictions for a state or jurisdiction; such schemes are defined by regulatory agencies and apply to the corresponding region of authority.

Custom classification and compliance schemes may also be developed for a site or jurisdiction.


IANALYZE PAGE 4-5

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

A commonly used scheme in the U.S.A. is the FHWA National Standard (below).

FHWA National Standard - USA

Vehicle Class Vehicle Description

1 Motorcycle

2 Passenger Cars

3 Other Two-Axle, Four-Tire Single Unit Vehicles

4 Buses

5 Two-Axle, Six-Tire, Single Unit Trucks

6 Three-Axle Single Unit Trucks

7 Four or More Axle Single Unit Trucks

8 Four or Less Axle Single Trailer Trucks

9 Five-Axle Single Trailer Trucks

10 Six or More Axle Single Trailer Trucks

11 Five or Less Axle Multi-Trailer Trucks

12 Six-Axle Multi-Trailer Trucks 13 Seven or More Axle Multi-Trailer Trucks

Table 1 Vehicle Classification FHWA National Standard

4.2.3.2 Classification and Compliance File Types

Three (3) files extensions are associated with each scheme.

i.e. Files required for the FHWA_DOS classification scheme are:

fhwa_dos.cpl

fhwa_dos.tbl; and

fhwa_dos.typ

All three files are linked to one another.

Classification schemes include required files for checking vehicle weight regulation compliance; when not required, only one file extension (.typ) is present.

TYP

.typ Contains information about classifying vehicles into categories/ groups.

CPL

.cpl Related to defining weight regulations and restrictions.

TBL

.tbl Related to defining weight regulations and restrictions.

4.2.3.3 iANALYZE Custom Scheme Location

Custom classification schemes developed for a site or jurisdiction are added by saving the files to the Classify folder in the following directory:

Windows 7/8: C:\Users\Public\Public Documents\IRD\iANALYZE\Classify


IANALYZE PAGE 4-6

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

4.2.3.4 Vehicle Classification Schemes

Figure 4-7 Vehicle Classification Schemes Window

Vehicle classification schemes are selected through the iANALYZE Vehicle Classification Schemes window.

This window displays:

Classification Scheme, Classification Type; and a Data Operations Button.

Select Classification and Scheme Type

Choose Scheme Click the site appropriate Scheme from the list box.

Scheme Type

Choose Type Click the associated Scheme Type.

FHWA_DOS – DOS LTPP_2013 – Unix/iSINC TRS_CLASS – Unix/iSINC®

Should the wrong scheme type be selected an error message is generated:

Click OK to reselect scheme type.


IANALYZE PAGE 4-7

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Data Operations Button

Click OK to apply the selected scheme and classification.

SPECIFYING MEASUREMENT UNITS

4.2.4.1 Measurement Systems

Metric Used for standard Metric reporting

KIPS/Feet Measured in 1000’s of Feet

Pounds/Inches Used for Standard Imperial reporting

The following table specifies common measurement Units for each measurement system:

Measurement Metric Unit KIPS / Feet Pounds / Inches

Speed kph mph mph

Vehicle Length meters feet inches

GVW tonnes

(1000 Kg) KIPS

(1000’s of pounds) pounds

Axle Weight kg KIPS pounds

Axle Spacing cm feet (to one

decimal place) inches

Temperature °C °F °F

Table 2 Unit Measurements

4.2.4.2 Select Measurement Unit

Unit measurement is set with the Units option from the iANALYZE Status Bar.

Units may be changed to accommodate reporting requirements.

To specify unit settings for iANALYZE reports:

From the iANALYZE status bar,

1. Click the Units dropdown to display measurement units.

2. Click the desired unit.

The selected measurement unit will be used in subsequent reporting displays.

It is very important that the ranges selected for report parameters are aligned with the selected measurement units.

If no data or highly skewed data appears in a report, ensure the parameter ranges are appropriate for the selected measurement unit.

Figure 4-8 Measurement Units

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL CONFIGURING ON-SCREEN VEHICLE DISPLAY

IANALYZE PAGE 5-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

5 CONFIGURING ON-SCREEN VEHICLE DISPLAY iANALYZE provides the ability to quickly generate vehicle record summary display for on-screen viewing.

To open the Vehicle Display Wizard:

From the iANALYZE Main Taskbar,

Click

5.1 VEHICLE DISPLAY WIZARD

Figure 5-1 Vehicle Display Wizard: Site/ Data Page

The Vehicle Display Wizard window provides for the specification, customization and generation of vehicle summary display scenarios.

There are three (3) tabbed pages containing parameter setting dialogues:

Site /Data

Class / Lanes; and

Display Settings

To navigate pages: Click the page tab; or

Click the and buttons.

1

2


IANALYZE PAGE 5-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

To generate the on-screen vehicle display:

1. Enter/edit the desired display reporting parameters for all page dialogues.

2. Click OK to run the configured on-screen vehicle display.

See section 5.2.1 On-Screen Vehicle Summary Report for a detailed description.

SPECIFY SITE / DATA

The Site / Data page dialogue is used to establish the specific site and data selection for the current vehicle display.

Two (2) option panels (see Figure 5-1, above) are displayed:

Select Site; and

Select Data

5.1.1.1 Select Site

The site name should always be selected first.

To select the reporting site:

1. Click the down arrow to display a drop down list of all site names.

See section 9 The Site Editor: Configuring Site Specifics for more detail on creating (adding) a site.

2. Click the desired site identifier.

Changing the site name after other parameters have been entered results in clearing the selection(s). The panel is subsequently refreshed with the most recently used parameter settings.

5.1.1.2 Select Data

The data to be gathered for a report is determined by choosing one of the following selection formats from the Select Data option group:

Click to specify a start and end Date/Time range.

Click to manually select Data Files from a selected directory.

Click to select All Files from the default data directory.

Only one data gathering option is available per report.

The most recently used settings appear until modified.


IANALYZE PAGE 5-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Select Dates & Times

Click Select Dates & Times.

the Start and End options become active.

Specify Start/End Dates/Times:

Start/End: Date Format: MMM:DD:YYYY Mar 24, 2015

Type the start date; or

Click the drop down arrow to display the date picker.

Click the desired Month/Day from the calendar display.

Time Format: HH:MM:SS Displayed in 24-hour clock format.

00:00:00

Type the desired hours/minutes/seconds for the report start time.

Start time is inclusive; records matching the specified time are included in the report.

End time is exclusive; records matching the specified time are not included in the report.

Report Date Range Example:

Required Report: For the entire day of March 24th, 2015

Start: Mar 24, 2015 00:00:00 (midnight March 24th)

End: Mar 25, 2015 00:00:00 (midnight March 25th)

iANALYZE can process up to and including a year of data.

Choose Data Files

Click Choose Data Files.

Recently selected files (if any) from the data directory of the current site are displayed in this list box.

To manually select data files:

1. Click to display the Open files window of the current site directory.

2. Select files to be used in the report.

Tip: Hold down the CTRL key and click to select multiple files.

To locate data files in another site, navigate through the directories using the Look in: drop down list.


IANALYZE PAGE 5-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

iSINC and 1060 data files with a file extension that does not match the Site ID exactly will not be listed.

For TCC 540 and TRS data:

in the browse window,

Files of Type: *.* (all files) must be selected to display the complete list of files.

DAW files can be one of two formats:

D<Site ID>MMDD.YY; or

YYYYMMDD.<Site ID>

For a DAW Site:

The Files of type: dropdown list displays three options:

D<Site ID>*.*

*.<Site ID>

*.*

Use All Files in Data Directory

Click Use All Files.

The report includes all files in the specified data directory for the selected site.


IANALYZE PAGE 5-5

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

CLASS / LANES

Figure 5-2 Vehicle Display Wizard: Class/Lanes Page

The Class / Lanes page provides the following options panels for determining how vehicle data is grouped and formatted:

Class Selection; and

Select Lanes

5.1.2.1 Class Selection

Start/End Class

Two (2) range parameters control the selection/display of vehicle classes for a report.

Start Class must be less than or equal to the End Class.

Start Class Lowest Vehicle class identifier in range.

End Class Highest vehicle class identifier in range.

Type the class number or use the spin box arrows to increment/decrement values.


IANALYZE PAGE 5-6

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Use Class/Allowable Weights from Site

Used for Per Vehicle data reporting.

Selecting this option can speed up report production.

Click checkbox to enable onsite system vehicle classification and overweight check (if available) rather than iANALYZE reclassification and weight compliance check.

5.1.2.2 Select Lane(s)

Specifies the lane(s) from which data will gathered.

Click the Lane # checkbox to select/deselect a lane.

DISPLAY SETTINGS

Figure 5-3 Vehicle Display Wizard: Display Settings Page

The Display Settings page provides the following option panels for specifying:

Vehicles to Display (selection filters)

Display Format; and

Vehicle Data (sort decision display).

1

3


IANALYZE PAGE 5-7

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

5.1.3.1 Vehicles to Display

The Vehicles to Display pane displays vehicle filtering categories.

To select a vehicle display filter:

Click the desired display category.

Only one filter may be applied at a time.

Vehicle Display Filter Categories

All Vehicles All records for time range, classes and lanes selected.

Good Weight Vehicles Vehicle records with:

No Weighing Errors (Valid Weight) AND Status Clear (No Warnings); OR Good Weight Status Exceptions.

Figure 5-4 Example: Good Weight Status Exceptions

See section 1.5.3.3 Weight for a Good Weight Vehicle Definition. See Appendix F.1: WIM Status Conditions for Good Weight Status Exceptions.

Error/Warning Vehicles Vehicle records generating an error or warning.

Violating Vehicles Only Vehicle records generating a violation warning.

Top 100 Over GVWs Up to and including 100 over GVW vehicles for the period selected; listed in the order of amount by which GVW exceeds the allowed class limit (most overweight first).

All Over GVW All vehicles over the allowed GVW for their class.

5.1.3.2 Display Format

Vehicle record data may be displayed in one of two formats:

Text; or Graphical.

The Front of Vehicle pane provides two (2) Display View Orientations:

Front Left; and Front Right.


IANALYZE PAGE 5-8

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Text

Text Lists the vehicle data in tabular format.

Figure 5-5 Display Format: Text

A photo image (if available) is displayed to the right of the vehicle record.

Graphical

Graphical Displays a diagrammatic axle representation of the vehicle.

Figure 5-6 Display Format: Graphical

A photo image (if available) is displayed to the right of the vehicle record.

Front of Vehicle

Front Display Orientation:

To Left Displays vehicle front end taken from the left.

To Right Displays vehicle front end taken from the right.

5.1.3.3 Vehicle Data

Display Sort Decision

Click the checkbox to include system Sort Decision in the vehicle record display.

The Sort Decision is displayed by the record timestamp.

i.e. Report, Bypass, Credentials Report and Sorting Off.

5.2 ON-SCREEN VEHICLE DISPLAY To generate the on-screen vehicle display:

From the Vehicle Display Wizard,

1. Enter/edit the desired display reporting parameters for all dialogues.

2. From any page, click OK to run the configured on-screen vehicle display.

A Creating Vehicle Display progress message appears:


IANALYZE PAGE 5-9

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Figure 5-7 Creating Vehicle Display: Progress Message

Click Cancel to abort the display if there appears to be a problem executing the specified filter; and/or a

A warning message is displayed:

Click OK to close the Warning message.

Once the progress bar is completely green; the report is sent to the selected Output destination(s).

3. Click the progress message to display the vehicle list.


IANALYZE PAGE 5-10

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

ON-SCREEN VEHICLE SUMMARY REPORT

Figure 5-8 On-Screen Vehicle Summary Report: Graphical| With Images

The on-screen Vehicle Summary Report display has the following elements:

View Vehicles Tab (Summary Report Page)

Mode (Current Filter)

Vehicle Summary Record

Print Options Bar

5.2.1.1 View Vehicles Tab

Many vehicle summary reports, each in its own tab, may displayed concurrently.

To view a summary report display:

Click on the desired Report tab.

To close a summary report page:

Click the tab close icon x.

5.2.1.2 Mode

Appearing at the bottom of the summary report page, Mode reflects the currently applied vehicle reporting filter(s) (if any).

4

2

3

1


IANALYZE PAGE 5-11

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

5.2.1.3 Vehicle Summary Record

A summary record displays information that the system has captured for a specific vehicle. As described in section 5.1.3.2 Display Format, there are two (2) display formats, Figure 5-8 (above) reflects a graphical vehicle summary display.

To access detailed vehicle data, double-click a summary vehicle record.

About Display Formats

Color Code

For both Text and Graphical layouts:

Green Background Vehicle within compliance limits; without a measurement error.

Orange Background Vehicle in violation of the limits or with a status warning (vehicle in wrong lane, off scale).

Violation warning(s) are printed at the bottom of the record.

Red Background Vehicle with a measurement error (missed a loop, too slow).

An error message is displayed at the bottom of the record.

Warnings When one or more vehicle status or potential violations warnings are detected, a message describing each is displayed at the bottom of the record.

Errors When an error has occurred in weighing the vehicle, an error message is displayed at the bottom of the record.

Record Detail

Both Text and Graphical layouts provide the following:

On the right of each record:

Vehicle Image [When available] A vehicle image is displayed when cameras are installed and enabled.

Clicking the image thumbnail displays larger images captured by all cameras in the vehicle lane.

At the bottom of the record:

LPR Data [When installed and enabled] License Plate Reader data is displayed:

Lp_Num

Lp_Jur

Lp_Conf

AVI Transponder ID [When installed and enabled] Automatic Vehicle Identification data is displayed:


IANALYZE PAGE 5-12

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Data at the top of each record:

(Sequence Number) Numbers are sequentially assigned to vehicles in the order they enter the system. Since only the vehicles matching configured system criteria are displayed, there will be gaps in the vehicle sequence as non-displayed vehicles pass through the sensors.

Sequence Numbers: Max Count 65,000; starting over at 1.

Separate iSINC®s and/or groups of lanes may be assigned a block (range) of numbers; in this case, numbers will only be sequential for that iSINC® or group of lanes, with counts terminating at the range limit and beginning again with the starting range number.

Lane Sensor location from which this record was generated.

Class Assigned vehicle class based on sensor inputs. For a complete illustration of vehicle classes, see Appendix D: FHWA Vehicle Classification.

Speed Vehicle speed as it travels across the sensors.

When a vehicle is over the configured speed limit, a Warning is displayed at the bottom of the record and the record background is red indicating a potential violation.

Sort Decision [If specified] Sorting decision determined by WIM system; Report vehicle has been directed to the inspection station. Bypass vehicle has been signaled to return to the mainline.

Time Displayed in 24-hour notation. Date and Time of day (local weigh station time) that data has been recorded.

Length Distance calculated from front bumper to rear bumper of a vehicle (bumper to bumper length) as determined by the WIM system.

When a vehicle is over the configured maximum length, a Warning is displayed at the bottom of the record and the record background is red indicating a potential violation.

18-K ESAL Number of equivalent eighteen thousand pound single axle loads.

GVW Gross Vehicle Weight as calculated by the WIM system.

When the GVW exceeds the configured overweight threshold percentage of the MAX GVW for this class of vehicle, a Warning is displayed at the bottom of the record and the record background is red indicating a potential violation.

Max GVW Determined by axle spacing; system assigns the maximum gross vehicle weight allowed for the associated vehicle classification.


IANALYZE PAGE 5-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Additional Text Detail

In addition to the detail provided in both layouts, the Text layout includes the following:

Front Bumper to First Axle Front bumper measurement.

Last Axle to Rear Bumper [If known] Front and rear overhangs.

Column Display:

Axle Axle number (counted from the front of the vehicle).

Spacing Distance measured from the previous axle.

Weight Individual axle weight.

Allowable Weight For each axle, as determined from the vehicle classification.

Figure 5-9 Vehicle Record Display Example: Text Display


IANALYZE PAGE 5-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Additional Graphical Detail

The axle spacing diagram provides the following information:

Axle Symbols

Front Front of the vehicle represented by arrow.

Good Axle An axle determined to be under the allowed weight; represented by a green circle and a dot.

Bad Axle An axle determined to be greater than the allowed weight; represented by a red circle with an X.

Axle Weight Below each Axle symbol Weight of each axle group.

Axle Distance Above and Between Axle pairs Calculated distance between axles.

Figure 5-10 Vehicle Record Display Example: Graphical Display


IANALYZE PAGE 5-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

5.3 PRINTING A VEHICLE RECORD

SETTING PRINT OPTIONS

The Print Options bar is located at the top of the View Vehicles window:

Figure 5-11 Print Options Bar

Print Options may be used with or without prior selection of currently displayed vehicles.

Default: All records of the current Vehicle Summary Report.

Properties Displays the Properties dialogue currently selected printer.

Page Setup Displays the Page Setup dialogue to specify print layout parameters:

Paper Size: Select from the dropdown list.

Margins (mm): Measured in millimeters.

Margin adjustments may be necessary to properly display a printed vehicle record.

Vehicles longer than approximately 120 feet (36 meters) in graphical display format, may not print within page margins using Portrait orientation.

Orientation: Portrait, Landscape

Vehicle record printouts should display a black border; if the right side of the border is missing, the vehicle is too long for the selected orientation.

Vehicles Per Page: Many, Single

Many Vehicles Per Page: Prints a summary listing of records.

Single: Prints a single Detailed vehicle record, per page.

Figure 5-12 Vehicle Display: Page Setup

Always adjust Page Setup options before printing, to properly accommodate vehicle display reporting.

Print Preview Displays a print preview of the current/default selection for the Vehicle Summary Report as determined by Page setup configuration.

Print Prints the current vehicle record display as per the page setup configuration, to the default site printer.

SELECTING VEHICLE RECORDS

All selections are made from the on-screen Vehicle Summary Report display.

To select a single vehicle:

Click the desired vehicle record. The background changes to blue; or


IANALYZE PAGE 5-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Double-click the vehicle record.

The Print Preview displays a Detailed view for an individual record.

Figure 5-13 Print Preview: Detailed Record Display

To select a group of records in order of display:

1. Left click the first record in the list. 2. If necessary, scroll down to display the last record to be included in the selection. 3. Press and hold down the Shift key; left click the last record.

Click the Page Setup button to determine the desired record display.

To select non-sequential records:

Press and hold down the Ctrl key; left click each record to be selected.

PRINT PREVIEW OPTIONS

The Print Preview window displays a Print Preview toolbar at the top of the page:

Figure 5-14 Print Preview Toolbar

In order of symbols (left to right):

Print Prints current selection to the default site printer Copy Enabled with text selection; Creates a copy of current selection.


IANALYZE PAGE 5-5

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Zoom In Magnifies current selection; Decreases viewing area. Zoom Out Increases viewing area. Zoom Level: 100% Zoom Level: Page Width Zoom Level: Whole Page Zoom Level: Two Pages

PRINTING THE ON-SCREEN REPORT

To Print the current/default selection for an On-screen Vehicle Summary Report:

1. Select the vehicle records to be printed.

2. Click Page Setup to specify print layout.

3. Click Print Preview to confirm proper print display.

From the Print Preview window,

4. Click the Print icon; or

From the Print Options Bar,

Click Print.

Figure 5-15 Individual Vehicle Record: Printed With Photo Images

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL CONFIGURING IANALYZE REPORTS

IANALYZE PAGE 6-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

6 CONFIGURING IANALYZE REPORTS Once a site has been created, launching the iANALYZE application automatically displays the Create Reports Wizard window.

To access the Create Reports Wizard:


6.1 REPORT WIZARD: CREATE REPORTS WIZARD

Figure 6-1 Create Reports Wizard; Required Info Page

The Create Reports Wizard window provides for the selection, specification and generation of a broad range of iANALYZE reports.

There are three (3) pages (tabs) displaying report parameter options:

Required Info

Select Reports; and

Data Filters

To navigate pages:

Click the page tab or click the Next> and <Back buttons.


IANALYZE PAGE 6-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

To generate a report:

1. Enter/edit the desired reporting parameters for all panel dialogues.

2. Click to run the specified report.

REQUIRED INFO

The Required Info page (see Figure 6-1, above) provides the following option panels:

Select Site

Select Data

Select Output; and

Template

6.1.1.1 Select Site

See section 5.1.1.1 Select Site for a detailed description of this panel.

6.1.1.2 Select Data

See section 5.1.1.2 Select Data for a detailed description of this panel.

6.1.1.3 Select Output

Figure 6-2 Select Output Option Entry

The Select Output panel provides options for configuring the destination(s) of report output.

Default Report folder location:

Windows 7/8 C:\Users\Public\Public Documents\IRD\iANALYZE\Reports\

More than one output destination may be selected.

A report may be sent to the following destination(s):

To Screen Displays report(s) on the monitor.

To Printer Sends report(s) to the default printer.

File type Specifies file type of saved reports.

To Report Folder Saves a report file to the specified folder.


IANALYZE PAGE 6-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Add Site ID to FWHA Export File Names

Select this checkbox to prefix the site ID to a report filename. This will prevent files from being overwritten when generating files for multiple sites.

To Screen

For a complete discussion, see section 5.2.1 On-screen Vehicle Summary Report.

To Printer

When a configured report is generated, report results are automatically sent to the default site printer.

To set a Default printer:

From the system Control Panel,

1. Navigate to the Printers and Devices view to see a listing of available printers.

The default site printer is identified by a checkmark.

To change the default printer:

2. Right-click the desired printer icon.

From the drop down menu,

3. Select Set as Default Printer.

To print a report while viewing the On-Screen report Display:

See section 5.3.3 Print Preview Options.

To File: File Type

When a configured report is generated, the report results are automatically saved to file in the specified format. An additional format may be selected for some reports.

To specify the Report File Format:

From the drop down list box,

Click the desired document file format.

Type Description

pdf Adobe Acrobat Portable Document Format xls Microsoft Excel Spreadsheet (97-2003) doc Microsoft Word Document (97-2003) rtf Rich Text Format txt Plain Text Format

Reports that generate ASCII listings, such as IRD ASCII Vehicle Records, Custom PVR (201), PRN Output, etc. are available only in .txt format.


IANALYZE PAGE 6-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

To Report Folder

Figure 6-3 Save Report File to Folder

When a configured report is generated, report results are automatically saved to a file of the designated file type and stored in specified report folder.

To designate a Report Folder for a saved report file:

1. Click the ellipsis to display the windows directory.

2. Navigate to the desired directory (folder); or

Manually enter a [directory path] folder name.

3. Click OK or press Enter.

6.1.1.4 Select Input: Template

Figure 6-4 Select Input: Template

Information may be loaded from a pre-configured template that automatically populates all required fields in the Report Wizard. See section 8 Creating Report Templates.

Default Report Template directory:

Windows 7/8 C:\Users\Public\Public Documents\IRD\iANALYZE\Params

Settings may also be manually adjusted before running a given report.


IANALYZE PAGE 6-5

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Current Settings

Figure 6-5 Current Settings

By default, iANALYZE saves the current panel settings (including any changes) each time the wizard produces a set of reports.

To generate reports using the most recent settings, click None.

Select Template

To specify a preconfigured reporting template,

1. Click Select Template.

2. Click to display the default directory of Report templates.

3. Click the desired template file.

4. Review and/or modify configuration settings.


IANALYZE PAGE 6-6

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

SELECT REPORTS

Figure 6-6 Create Reports Wizard: Select Reports Panel

Many reports display data using range parameters that are user configurable.

For a complete discussion on configurable parameters see section 7. Navigating the Report Parameters Window; For a complete listing of available reports see Appendix E iANALYZE Report Descriptions.

6.1.2.1 Select Reports List

The Select Reports list box categorizes and classifies reports in an expandable/ collapsible display.

Reports appearing in the Select Reports list can be enabled and disabled on a per site basis using the Site Editor: Reports List, see section 9.7.1 Reports List, p. 9-10.


IANALYZE PAGE 6-7

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Hide/Display Available Reports

Reports are separated into standard report groups:

Figure 6-7 Select Reports List Box

To expand a report group Click the arrow to the left of the group name (displays all reports within the group).

Figure 6-8 Expanded Report Group: Error/Status Example

To collapse the group Click the arrow again.

Selection Operations

To select a report Click on the desired report name; a checkmark appears in the corresponding checkbox. Click again to deselect.

More than one report may be selected concurrently.

Figure 6-9 Selected Report Group: FHWA Example


IANALYZE PAGE 6-8

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

To select/deselect all reports in a group Click the standard group name.

In collapsed view: a checkmark next to group name indicates all reports are selected;

an empty checkbox indicates no reports have been selected;

a solid checkbox indicates a mix of selected/deselected reports.

Click to select all groups (reports).

Click to deselect all groups (reports).

6.1.2.2 Reports By Classification

Summary

Class

Volume

Peaks

Speed


IANALYZE PAGE 6-9

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Length

Error / Status

FHWA

MEPDG

Weight


IANALYZE PAGE 6-10

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Weight Violation

IRD ASCII

ESAL

Safety System

Road Condition

External Data Items CSV

CTWIM


IANALYZE PAGE 6-11

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Other

Custom

Custom: Data Validity


IANALYZE PAGE 6-12

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

DATA FILTERS

Figure 6-10 Create Reports Wizard: Data Filters Page

In addition to defining the data to be included/excluded in a report, the Data Filters page determines how the data is grouped and formatted.

6.1.3.1 Class Selection

Two (2) range parameters control the selection/display of vehicle classes for a report.

Start Class must be less than or equal to the End Class.

Start Class Lowest Vehicle class identifier in range.

End Class Highest vehicle class identifier in range.

Type the class number or use the spin box arrows to increment/decrement this value.

Use Class/Allowable Weights from Site

For Per Vehicle data Select this checkbox to enable the onsite system vehicle classification and overweight check (if available) rather than using iANALYZE reclassification and weight compliance check.

Selecting this option can speed up report production.


IANALYZE PAGE 6-13

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

6.1.3.2 Select Lane(s)

Selects the lane(s) from which data will be used to generate the report.

Click on the Lane identifier checkbox to select/deselect a lane.

6.1.3.3 Traffic Data

Depending on the selected report(s) and how site data has been collected, Traffic Data files can contain:

Binned (grouped vehicle) data Per vehicle data; or Both

Binned Data

Binned Data Refers to the portion of a data file that retains traffic data as a count of the number of vehicles meeting a certain criteria:

i.e., Class 3; Speed between 90 and 100 Kph; Vehicle Count between 10 and 11 AM.

Several reports default to binned data when available and applicable.

Generally, individual records are not kept for private vehicle classes (motorcycles, automobiles, small trucks, etc.) so reports requiring counts of such vehicles need to use binned data.

TCC counters can collect binned counts for each type of error.

If the classification scheme used by iANALYZE is different from the classification scheme used on site, there may be differences between binned data counts and per vehicle data counts.

Per Vehicle Data

Per Vehicle Data Refers to the portion of a data file that retains an individual record for each vehicle within the filter criteria.

Each record contains specific data for that vehicle (speed, weights, dimensions, time of passage, etc.).

For example: Per Vehicle Records of non-commercial vehicle (FHWA classes 1, 2, and 3) are frequently filtered out of the site Per Vehicle Data.

Only some basic binned data (such as a count per hour) on these classes is gathered.

It is recommended that Per Vehicle Data be selected when binned data is not collected at a site.


IANALYZE PAGE 6-14

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

In generating Reports that use both types of data, selecting this option will prevent the repetitive display of0 in the respective report sections.

iAnalyze will reclassify Per Vehicle Data unless the Use Classification/ Allowable Weights from Site option is selected.

Both

Both Allows the iANALYZE software to determine type of data used.

A few reports make use of both Traffic Data types:

SiteSummary ErrorByHour StatusByHour

If the selected Traffic Data option does not match the actual file data type, the report generator will not be able to read (use) the data:

i.e. Selected Traffic Data type: Per Vehicle Data Stored data file: Binned

6.1.3.4 Lane Grouping

Lane Grouping determines how data collection from lanes is grouped in the report:

Together Places all lane data in a single group

Direction Not Available

Separate Divides each lane into its own report group

6.1.3.5 Interval

Interval is used to specify reporting intervals for the selected Date/Time Range.

Some intervals may not be available depending on other currently selected report parameters.

None All data is included in a single report interval.

Selecting a short interval of one (1) hour when the time period is relatively long (e.g. a month) will result in a report with a very large number of pages.

PRN Output reports use the interval specified as the Main Interval in the PRN Configuration window.

PRN reports only use this interval when Traffic Data type is Per Vehicle Data.

if Binned Data is selected, the PRN output file reports will use the same interval at which the binned data was collected.


IANALYZE PAGE 6-15

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

6.1.3.6 Set Chart Option…

Figure 6-11 Data Filters: Chart Option Editor

The Chart Option Editor window allows for the selection of output display format.

Table or Chart

Click this radio button to generate a multi-column table.

Click this radio button to generate a chart as per the Chart Type Option selection, (below).

Click this radio button to generate both output displays.

Chart Type Option

Select a chart type for the output display.

See Chart Type Examples, Appendix C .

Operations Buttons:

OK Click to Save the Chart selection and close the Chart Option Editor window.

Cancel Click to abort any changes and close the Chart Option Editor window.

6.1.3.7 Set Parameters…

The Set Parameters button displays the Report Parameters window. For a complete discussion, see section 7 Configuring Report Parameters.

.


IANALYZE PAGE 6-16

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

6.2 GENERATING A REPORT To generate the currently configured iANALYZE report:

1. Enter/edit the desired display reporting parameters for all page dialogues.

2. Click to run the configured report.

A Generating and Displaying Reports progress message appears:

Figure 6-12 Generating and Displaying Reports: Progress Message

Click Cancel to abort the display if there appears to be a problem executing the specified filter; and/or a

A warning message is displayed:

Click OK to close the Warning message.

Once the progress bar is completely green; the report is sent to the selected Output destination(s).

4. Click the progress message to continue displaying the report.


IANALYZE PAGE 6-17

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

ON-SCREEN REPORT DISPLAY

6.2.1.1 Report Display Window

Figure 6-13 On Screen Report Display: Tabular

The on-screen tabular Report display has the following elements:

Report Tab (for each Report)

Report Content

Page Display and Zoom Bar

Report Info Bar

File Options and Page Navigation Toolbar

Report Tab(s)

Many reports, each in its own tab, may displayed concurrently.

Open Reports: Maximum 75

To navigate report displays:

Click on the desired Report tab.

1

3

2

4

5


IANALYZE PAGE 6-18

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

To Close a report display:

Click the tab close icon (X).

Closing a report does not save the content. See section 6.2.1.1.5 File Options and Page Navigation Toolbar.

If a template has been configured to produce the report, it may be quickly regenerated. See section 6.1.1.4 Select Input: Template.

Report Content

Tabular Report

The Tabular Report layout has the following common elements, see Figure 6-17.

Header: Displays contextual/administrative data for the report.

Report Detail: Displays report data in a Row/Column matrix.

Footer: Displays report totals and summaries.

ASCII Report

The ASCII Report layout has the following common elements, see Figure 6-18.

Header: Displays contextual/administrative data for the report.

Report Detail: Displays a report file directory link and the name of the ASCII file.

Footer: Displays report totals and summaries.

Page Display and Zoom

Figure 6-14 On-Screen Report: Page Display and Zoom Bar

The Page Display and Zoom bar provides options for controlling the page view and magnification of the displayed report pages:

Zoom Width Expands page display to full page width.

Zoom Height Expands page display to full page height.

Zoom Slider Zooms the page display to specified magnification.

Select the entire magnification factor; type a new value.

Click under the line to the right or left of the slider bar to increment/decrement by 1 percent; or

Drag the slider to magnify.

Report Info Bar

Displays Current Page of Total Report Pages and Report Name.


IANALYZE PAGE 6-19

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

File Options and Page Navigation Toolbar

Figure 6-15 On-Screen Report: File Options and Page Navigation Toolbar

The File Option functions are:

Save Report To File Saves the current report to file.

To Save the Report:

1. Click to display a list of file formats.

2. Click the desired format.

3. Type a filename.

4. Click OK to save the file.

Print Report Sends the current report to the default printer.

To Print the Report:

Click

The Page Navigation functions are:

Previous Page Navigate back one page.

Next Page Navigate forward one page.

Page Navigator Type a page number; or

Click the down arrow to select:

Go to First Page Go to Last Page


IANALYZE PAGE 6-20

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

ABOUT REPORTS

6.2.2.1 Traffic Data Reference Terminology

The following terms refer to traffic data specified in a report:

In common usage, tandems, tridems, etc. are often referred to as axle groups; iAnalyze Reports define the terms somewhat differently, as described below.

Axle Unit A set of one or more axles on a common suspension unit; specifically tandem, tridem and quadrem axle units.

Axle unit weight regulations are typically applied at weigh scale inspection stations.

Axle Group A set of axles being scrutinized for purposes of weight calculation. Dependent on Grouping Type for the jurisdiction.

Grouping Type Adjacent Axles; any combination of 2 or more axles on a vehicle.

i.e. on a 5 axle vehicle, axle group combinations include axle sets: 1-2, 2-3, 3-4, 4-5, 1-3, 2-4, 3-5, 1-4, 4-5, and 1-5.

Binned Data Traffic count data kept as an aggregate count. Individual vehicle data is not kept.

Sample Bins: Class 3, Speed Range: between 90 and 100 kph.

Error Vehicle A vehicle for which the field system determine that a vehicle passed by but could not determine any other information, i.e., the vehicle was detected on a single sensing loop.

Good Weight Vehicles status clear vehicles and status set vehicles where the status does not affect the weight measurements.

Per Vehicle Data a specific record is kept for each vehicle that passes through the system; each record contains the data for that vehicle (speed, weights, dimensions, time of passage, etc.).

Status Clear Vehicles vehicles that have no errors or status warnings associated with them and are correctly detected by the system.

Status Set Vehicles vehicles for which the system set a status warning flag indicating an anomaly in the data collected for the vehicle. This may affect information collected about the vehicle. It may indicate a potential violation (e.g., the vehicle was overweight) or may indicate the system had a minor problem in detecting the vehicle (e.g., not all the axle sensors counted the same number of axles).

Violation the vehicle is in violation of one of the regulatory limits for speed, length, height or weight. Weight violations are also subdivided in some reports by the type of weight violation.

The types of weight violation are:

Axle Group individual violation the weight of a single axle in the axle group is overweight but the axle group is not overweight.


IANALYZE PAGE 6-21

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Axle Group combination violation the weight of a particular set of axles is above the allowable limit. One possible Axle Group combination violation is the Bridge violation:

Bridge violation one or more sets of axles on the vehicle is over the weight allowed by the Bridge Formula tables as defined by the regulatory agency. The Bridge Formula defines the weight limits for the various combinations of consecutive axles and axle spacings on a vehicle.

For an example of the bridge formula, refer to the FHWA website at:

http://ops.fhwa.dot.gov/freight/publications/brdg_

frm_wghts/index.htm

Axle Unit individual violation the weight of a single axle in the axle unit (tandem, tridem or quadrem) is overweight but the axle unit itself is not overweight. This violation does not apply to Steering or Single axle units as they only have one axle; these one axle units will generate only Axle Unit violations (see next item).

Axle Unit violation the weight of an axle unit (steering, single, tandem, tridem or quadrem) is above the allowed limit.

GVW violation gross vehicle weight is above the limit set by the regulatory agency.

Steering / Single / Tandem/ Tridem / Quadrem violation the weight of the axle unit described is above the limit

set by the regulatory agency. This is the same as Axle Unit violation above.

Weight balance violation the weight difference between the axles within an axle unit or group is above the limit set by the regulatory agency (the axle weights are too unevenly distributed in the unit/group).

6.2.2.2 Report Ranges and Unit Selection

Ensure that the appropriate unit is selected (imperial or metric) for the specified range parameters.

A report displays data using range parameters that are user configurable.

Report parameters specified for range data are independent of units and do not change regardless of the units specified here; therefore, it is very important that ranges selected for report parameters are appropriate for the units selected.

Example:

If the report parameter ranges were specified as appropriate to kips (0-2, 2-4, etc.) and the user sets the units to pounds, it is likely that any data shown in the report will be

http://ops.fhwa.dot.gov/freight/publications/brdg_frm_wghts/index.htm

http://ops.fhwa.dot.gov/freight/publications/brdg_frm_wghts/index.htm


IANALYZE PAGE 6-22

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

bunched into a single (the highest) range. If no data or very skewed data appears in a report, check that the parameter ranges are appropriate for the units selected.

6.2.2.3 Report Types and Range Selection

By Hour

By Hour (Hourly) Reports: Reflect data for a 24 hour reporting period.

Set the Report Start/End date range for one (1) day.

By Day of Month

By Day of Month Reports: Reflect data for a single month starting on the first day of the month.

Set the report date range for a one (1) month period, starting with the first day of the month.

Weekday By

Weekday By Reports Reflect data for a one (1) week period starting on Sunday.

Set the report date range for a single week, starting with a Sunday date.

Summary

Summary Reports In general, Reflect data for any specified range.

Weekly Summary

Weekly Summary Reports Reflect data for a one (1) week period starting on Monday.

Set the report date range for a single week, starting with a Monday date.

Annual Summary

Annual Summary Reports

To generate Annual reports, the Data Filters Interval should be set to None and the data source should include one full year of data.


IANALYZE PAGE 6-23

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Annual Summary Reports Reflect data for a one (1) year period.

Set the report date range for a single year.

STANDARD REPORT SECTIONS

A standard report is divided into the following sections:

Report Header

Report Detail; and

Report Footer

6.2.3.1 Report Header

Figure 6-16 Report Header Sample

The iANALYZE report header provides the following information.

Date the Report was generated

User (Organization) Identification (Logo and/or Text)

Report Name

Reporting Configuration Options

Date of Report Generation

MM/DD/YYYY Format

Company Identification

Logo; and/or

Text, as specified through User Information.

Report Name

Report Name as selected through Select Reports List.

1

2 4

3


IANALYZE PAGE 6-24

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Data Selected Through Report Configuration

Field Description

Site Site Name for which the report is generated

Classification Selected Vehicle Classification Scheme; see section 4.2.3.4 Vehicle Classification Schemes

Lanes Selected Lanes reported on as specified in Data Filters; see section 6.1.3.2 Select Lane(s)

Interval Reporting Interval as specified in Data Filters; see section 6.1.3.5 Interval

Start Class Vehicle Class Type, Starting of range as specified in Data Filters; see section 6.1.3.1 Class Selection

End Class Vehicle Class Type, End of range as specified in Data Filters; see section 6.1.3.1 Class Selection

Start Date/Time Starting Date/Time as specified in Required Info; see section 6.1.1.2 Select Data

End Date/Time Ending Date/Time as specified in Required Info; see section 6.1.1.2 Select Data


IANALYZE PAGE 6-25

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

6.2.3.2 Report Detail Format

There are two (2) types of detail formats generated by iANALYZE.

Tabular; and

ASCII.

Tabular Report Format

Figure 6-17 Tabular Report Preview

Standard Tabular report data is automatically displayed in the Create Report preview window under a separate tab.

Typical report content is presented in a ROW/COLUMN matrix.


IANALYZE PAGE 6-26

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

ASCII Report Display

Figure 6-18 ASCII Report Display

Many reports generate a standard ASCII file. The data itself is not displayed in the Create Reports preview window.

Linked Directory Display

A standard report header and footer is generated for the report, but the content display contains a directory link and filename for the saved ASCII file.

An ASCII report will be saved as a file in the configured Reports directory even if Select Output is set to Screen.

File Type selection does not impact the file format.


IANALYZE PAGE 6-27

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

To Display (Open) an ASCII Report:

From the Create Report preview display:

1. Click the Directory link to display the configured Reports directory.

2. Locate and right-click the file matching the specified report Filename.

Figure 6-19 ASCII File: Reports Directory

3. From the context menu, click Open with and select a text editor application. The file is displayed in ASCII format.

Figure 6-20 ASCII File: Sample Report Display

6.2.3.3 Footers

Report Footer: Display 1

Description

Total Counts Item Description

Error Status Set Status Clear PV Total Per Vehicle Total: Error + Status Set + Status Clear Good Weight Binned Total


IANALYZE PAGE 6-28

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Report Footer: Display 2

Description

Total Counts Item Description

Error Status Set Status Clear Total Good Weight Binned

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL CONFIGURING REPORT PARAMETERS

IANALYZE PAGE 7-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

7 CONFIGURING REPORT PARAMETERS

7.1 REPORT PARAMETERS WINDOW

Figure 7-1 Report Parameters Window

While standard filtering and grouping parameters are set through the Data Filters page, data range intervals are set (customized) through the Report Parameters window.

To display and edit report data range interval parameters:

From the Create Reports Wizard Data Filters panel, see section 6.1.3 Data Filters; (or the Template Editor Data Filters panel),

4. Click .

The Report Parameters window consists of:

An Operations Button Bar

Select Report Panel: Report List Display and Selection.

For the display of report names with and without configurable parameters.

Not all reports contain adjustable range parameters.

Parameter Editing Panel: Data Range Table/Panel Display for the current report.

Allows for the definition and modification of specific row and/or column range parameters.

1

2

3


IANALYZE PAGE 7-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

OPERATIONS BUTTON BAR

7.1.1.1 Close

Closes the Report Parameters window without saving.

Unsaved Changes Prompt

When modifications have been applied in the current parameter entry panel, an:

Unsaved Changes prompt is displayed.

5. Click Yes to Save and Close. 6. Click No to Close without saving.

Unsaved Changes to Parameters Prompt

When modifications have been applied in the current parameter entry panel, and another report is selected for update before saving, an:

Unsaved Changes to Parameters prompt is displayed.

7. Click OK to Save changes and view the parameters of the next report. 8. Click Cancel to display the next report

without saving the current parameters.

7.1.1.2 Save & Close

Saves any changes and Closes the Report Parameters window.

7.1.1.3 Save

Saves any changes and leaves Report Parameters window displayed.

Saved changes may still be Reset to Default settings. See 7.1.4 Reset (below).

7.1.1.4 Reset

Resets modifications made to the current report parameters (saved or unsaved).

Reset Individual Report Prompt

Whether saved or not, any modifications made in the current parameter entry panel can be reset to the iANALYZE default:

A Reset Individual Report prompt is displayed.

9. Click Yes to Reset current report to the IRD default. 10. Click No to retain the current modifications.


IANALYZE PAGE 7-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

7.1.1.5 Reset All

Resets report parameters for All reports to default settings.

Reset All Prompt

A Reset All prompt is displayed:

11. Click Yes to Reset all report parameters for all Reports (saved or unsaved) to the IRD default. 12. Click No to retain previously configured Report settings.

SELECT REPORT PANEL

Show All Reports Click this option to select all report names for display.

Show Only User configurable Reports Default selection.

13. Click this option to select reports that have one or more user configurable parameters.

Report Display List Box Displays reports as per selected option.

Click a report to view configurable parameters.

Figure 7-2 Report Parameters: Report Display List Box


IANALYZE PAGE 7-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

7.1.2.1 Show Only User Configurable Reports

To display and select a configurable report:

From the Select Report panel,

1. Click the Show Only User Configurable Reports radio button.

2. Click the Report Display List Box down arrow to display User Configurable Reports. See Figure 7-2 (above).

3. Click the desired report.

Report specific data ranges are displayed in the parameter editing panel.

User Configurable Reports and Parameters

Eligible Reports

Report Name Configurable Parameters

ROW Column

Speed by Hour # of data range intervals Min/Max Values of range

Class By: * # of data range intervals Min/Max Values of range

Speed See *

Gross Vehicle Weight See *

Front Axle Weight See *

Single Axle Weight See *

Tandem Axle Weight See *

Tridem Axle Weight See *

Quadrem Axle Weight See *

Autocalibration Min/Max Values of range

Weekday by Speed # of data range intervals Min/Max Values of range

GVW By: ** # of data range intervals Min/Max Values of range

Hour See **

Day of Month See **

Month See **

PRN Speed by Class # of data range intervals Min/Max Values of range

Custom: ASCII Speed Report - 220

# of data range intervals Min/Max Values of range

Custom: ASCII PAT Truck Records - 222

Start Class, End Class; (Subrange of Data Filters, Class Selection)

# of Axles; impacts # of report columns


IANALYZE PAGE 7-5

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Eligible Reports

Report Name Configurable Parameters

ROW Column

Length by Hour # of data range intervals Min/Max Values of range

Weekday by Length # of data range intervals Min/Max Values of range

Road Condition Daily Summary

Lowest Road Condition

Customizable WIM Compliance

% WIM Accuracy: Single Axle Axle Group GVW

Table 3 User Configurable Reports and Parameters

PARAMETER EDITING PANEL

Specification of a data range interval is independent of measurement units and does not change regardless of the measurement units specified.

For example:

If the parameter ranges of a report are appropriate to kips but units has been set to pounds, the report data will be bunched into a single (highest) range.

It is very important that the ranges selected for report parameters are appropriate for the selected measurement Units.

If a report unexpectedly, displays skewed, little or no data; confirm parameter range settings are appropriate for the selected measurement Units.

7.1.3.1 Parameter Entry Panels

Data range selection for grouping data in a report appears in the following panel formats:

Row/Column Table

Spin Box; and

List Box

Row/Column Table Display

Figure 7-3 Configurable Report Parameters: Row/ Column Table Display

Report Column or Row data ranges may be added/edited/deleted in this panel.

1

2

3


IANALYZE PAGE 7-6

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

The Row/Column Table panel has the following elements:

See Figure 7-4 (above).

Not user configurable message Applicable for the respective Report

Row/Column.

Number of rows/columns: (Current) number of rows/columns displayed

in the generated report.

This number is equal to the number of range intervals (rows) included in the Data Range Table.

The number of data range intervals (rows or columns) is configurable for most reports. # of range intervals: Min. 1; Max. 30

Type a number or click the spin box arrows to adjust number of rows/columns displayed in the report.

Data Range Table Allows for the configuration of data range intervals.

Column Headings Min (>=) Minimum inclusive value in the range.

Max (<) Maximum non-inclusive value in the range.

The lower boundary of a data range is inclusive; upper boundary is exclusive.

Row Number Equivalent to the Report column number.

Each row defines the data range interval for the respective Report column.

Click and type a cell entry.

The minimum value for each range interval must be equal to or greater than (>=) the maximum value of the previous interval.

When a value is modified, any effected Max/Min value of adjacent intervals is automatically updated to remain consistent with the new entry, i.e.:

Changing the Min value in Row 2 automatically changes the Max value of Row 1.

Changing the Max value of Row 2 automatically changes the Min value of Row 3.


IANALYZE PAGE 7-7

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Custom Row/Column Parameters/Report Display Example:

Figure 7-4 Speed by Hour: Customized Report Parameters

Speed By Hour: Generated Report

Figure 7-5 Speed By Hour: Customized Data Range Intervals

13 Columns Displayed

Each row in the Data Range Table is converted to the respective column heading, i.e.:

Data Range Table, row 10 Values – Report, column10 Heading

Spin Box Display

Figure 7-6 Configurable Report Parameters: Spin Box Display

In this Report Parameter panel display, parameters are set by typing a value or clicking the spin box arrows.


IANALYZE PAGE 7-8

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Figure 7-7 Customizable WIM Compliance: Customized Report Parameters

Customizable WIM Compliance: Generated Report

Figure 7-8 WIM Compliance: Customized Data Range Intervals

Dropdown List

Figure 7-9 Configurable Report Parameters: Dropdown List Display

Report parameters are selected from a list display.


IANALYZE PAGE 7-9

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Figure 7-10 Road Condition Daily Summary: Customized Data Range Intervals

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL CREATING REPORT TEMPLATES

IANALYZE PAGE 8-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

8 CREATING REPORT TEMPLATES

8.1 THE TEMPLATE EDITOR

Figure 8-1 Template Editor: Required Info Page

The Template Editor provides for the customization and modification of pre-configured templates used to facilitate and expedite report generation.

A template pre-defines a set of reports, the data filters and parameters to be used with each of the selected reports.

To access the Template Editor:

Click located on the iANALYZE Main Taskbar.

As in the Reports Wizard, the Template Editor window contains three (3) pages displaying parameter setting dialogues:

Required Info

Select Reports; and

Data Filters

To navigate pages: Click the page tab or click the Next> and <Back buttons.


IANALYZE PAGE 8-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Template Operations

Save Click to Save changes to an existing template.

Save As Click to Create a New template based on the current settings.

Revert Click to Reload the most recently opened template and restore settings to the previously saved values.

Remains available as options are typed or selected.

REQUIRED INFO

The Required Info dialogue (see Figure 8-1, above) provides two (2) panel dialogues:

Template; and

Output Destination

8.1.1.1 Template

The Template panel provides for:

selection and editing of existing Report templates; and

the creation of new Report templates.

Default Report Template directory:

Windows 7/8 C:\Users\Public\Public Documents\IRD\iANALYZE\Params

Select Template (Edit)

To Edit an existing Report template:

1. Click to display the Params folder to view existing Report templates.

Figure 8-2 Select Template: Params Folder View

2. Click the desired template and click Open.

The selected template appears in the Current: text box display. All associated Report settings are applied.

3. Make modifications and/or add to the existing settings.

The Save button becomes available once a change is made to the template.

4. Click to update the existing template.


IANALYZE PAGE 8-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

New (Create)

A new template may be created from scratch using the pre-existing system defaults or an existing report template may serve as the basis for another. The latter procedure can greatly simplify and expedite template creation.

From System Default Report Settings

To create a New template from system defaults:

1. Click to display the Params directory.

2. Type the name of the report template and click Save.

A template confirmation message is displayed.

3. Click to confirm.

The template name is displayed in the Current: box.

4. Edit template settings and click

From Existing Report Template Settings

To create a New template from an existing template:

1. Browse for and open the desired template from the Params folder.

The template name is displayed in the Current: text box.

2. Click

3. Type a new template filename and click Save.

The new template retains all report settings of the initial template.

4. Edit template settings and click

8.1.1.2 Select Output

See section 6.1.1.3 Select Output for a detailed description of this panel.

SELECT REPORTS

See section 6.1.2 Select Reports for a detailed description of this page.

DATA FILTERS

See section 6.1.3 Data Filters for a detailed description of this page.

8.2 GENERATING A REPORT FROM TEMPLATE Templates are created for a wide array of reporting scenarios. In the interest of flexibility, some templates will only predetermine a few settings so that they can be used in multiple scenarios with additional criteria specified at the time the report is generated.

Other templates will contain complete and detailed settings to minimize user intervention when the report is generated as in the case of standard daily, weekly and monthly reports.


IANALYZE PAGE 8-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

To generate a report from a template:

From the Create Reports Wizard window; Template panel,

1. Click the Select Template radio button.

2 Click to display the Params folder to view existing Report templates.

3. Click the desired template and click Open.

The selected template appears in the Current: text box display. All associated Report settings are applied.

4. Adjust any other filter criteria as necessary.

5. Click to run the report.

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL THE SITE EDITOR: CONFIGURING SITE SPECIFICS

IANALYZE PAGE 9-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

9 THE SITE EDITOR: CONFIGURING SITE SPECIFICS

Figure 9-1 Site Editor Window

Site specific configuration defaults are created and modified and in the Site Editor. An existing site may also be removed. Site configuration activities are divided into:

Site Name and ID

Site Directories

Timestamp Adjustment

Data Source

Lane Information; and

Additional Site Reporting Defaults.

64

3

2

1

5

2


IANALYZE PAGE 9-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

9.1 SITE EDITOR OPERATIONS

Figure 9-2 Site Editor Operations Buttons

Add New Creates a New site.

Delete Deletes the current site.

Save Saves changes made to the current site configuration.

Revert Restores newly modified parameters to previously saved settings for the current site.

9.2 SPECIFYING SITE NAME AND ID

Figure 9-3 Site Name and ID Fields

Site Name Descriptive site name to be displayed on Report Headings.

Max. length: 40 characters

Placeholder text: SiteName

Site ID Site name file extension required by iANALYZE to determine site specific files.

Case Sensitive: Upper and lower case characters must match the data file extension exactly.

Can be greater than three (3) characters.

Site Name provides a user recognizable file identifier while the Site ID file extension is required by iANALYZE to determine site related data files.

ADDING A NEW SITE (NAME AND ID)

Adding a Site Name and ID is synonymous with creating a new site.

To Create a New site:

From the Site Editor window,

1. Click .

Figure 9-4 Site Name and ID: Add New

The Site ID text field becomes active (all other fields disabled).

A Create button appears to the right of the Site ID field.


IANALYZE PAGE 9-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

2. In the Site ID text box, type a unique site (name) file extension.

3. Click .

If the same ID has been previously specified for another site, a warning message is displayed.

Click OK to return to the Site Editor window to enter a unique ID.

The new Site ID is displayed:

Figure 9-5 Site ID Entry

The Site ID field is disabled (all other fields are active).

Site Name placeholder text is highlighted to be overwritten with new site name entry.

Select Site displays the new Site ID file extension (appended to placeholder text).

Once the Create button is clicked, the new site is created. The ID entry may not be modified or undone. Use Delete to remove the site, see section 9.2.4 Deleting a Site.

4. In the Site Name text box, type the new site name.

The Site Name remains editable; click to undo the entire entry.

5. Click to complete the site creation.

Figure 9-6 Site Name Entry

Select Site displays the newly saved Site Name and ID file extension.


IANALYZE PAGE 9-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

SELECTING A SITE

Figure 9-7 Select Site List Box

For those iANALYZE installations responsible for maintaining multiple sites, a site may be selected from the Select Site list box.

To Select a Site:

1. Click the dropdown list box arrow (right side of field display).

2. Click the desired site name from the site list.

EDITING A SITE NAME

To Edit an existing site name:


1. Click the Select Site list box arrow to display existing sites.

2. Click the desired site name.

The Site ID field remains disabled.

3. Modify the site name as required.

4. Click .

DELETING A SITE

Deleting a site removes all files associated with a site.

The Delete (site) procedure cannot be undone.

To Delete an existing site:


1. Click the Select Site list box arrow to display existing sites.

2. Click the site name of the site to be deleted.

3. Click .

A Delete Site? prompt is displayed warning that the deletion may not be undone.

14. Click OK to delete the site.

15. Click Cancel to return to the Site Editor window without deleting.


IANALYZE PAGE 9-5

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

9.3 ESTABLISHING SITE DIRECTORIES

Figure 9-8 Site Directory Locations

iANALYZE data is stored in user configured directories. Data and image files are stored in separate locations.

DATA FILE LOCATION

Data files consisting of recognized data types are stored in the site data directory.

Figure 9-9 Data File Default Site Directory

Data Directory The folder in which site data files are stored.

Default: C:\Users\Public\Documents\IRD\iANALYZE\veh_rcrd

To specify a new site Data Directory:

Type a new path and folder name in the field; or

Click to display, navigate to and select a folder.

IMAGE DIRECTORY LOCATION

Image files may be generated from a number of sources. Depending on equipment and configuration, image files will likely be maintained in a more complex directory structure.

Figure 9-10 Image File Default Site Directory

Image Directory The folder(s) in which site photo image files are stored.

Default: C:\Users\Public\Documents\IRD\iANALYZE\veh_rcrd\jpeg

To specify the site Image Directory:

Type a new path and folder name in the field; or

Click to display, navigate to and select a folder.

9.3.2.1 Image Directory Considerations

Images Not Required

When vehicle record capture includes image files that that will not be required for reporting purposes, processing speed may be improved by specifying an empty image directory in the site editor.

Vehicle Images directory is not enabled for the following data sources:

TRS WIM

DAW 100


IANALYZE PAGE 9-6

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Image Format and Naming Conventions

Images must be in jpeg format.

Named in accordance with the standard IRD format; and

Stored in the image directory specified in the Site Editor.

9.4 CONFIGURING VEHICLE TIMESTAMP

Figure 9-11 Vehicle Timestamp

Timestamp data is an absolutely essential element of all system operation and reporting. The purpose of this feature is to accommodate the configuration of field equipment operating in time zones offset from GMT/UTC.

By default, System time data is generated as:

GMT/UTC Greenwich Mean Time/ Universal Coordinated Time.

CONVERT GMT/UTC TO SITE LOCALE TIME

The difference in hours between the System generated time and that of the actual Site Location must be adjusted via the Add hours to Vehicle Timestamps option.

Time increments: .5 hr. intervals

Not enabled for the following data sources:

TCC 540 (WIM); or DAW 100

Example Conversion:

Pacific Time (PST8PDT) is eight (8) hours behind GMT Time.

To convert this timestamp data to Site Locale time:

Type or use the spin box arrows to set the Add hours to -8.

9.4.1.1 Determining A Precise Time Stamp Value

To determine a precise value for the time difference:

With the Add hours value set to 0.0 (default),

1. Using the Vehicle Display Wizard, examine a data file from a period of time when Daylight Saving Time is not in effect.

2. Note times of the first and last vehicles displayed:

If the first vehicle display occurs at in an hour other than 00:00 to 01:00, the data is collected in a time zone that is behind GMT.

If the last vehicle display occurs at in an hour other than 23:00 to 00:00, the data is collected in a time zone that is ahead of GMT.

3. Adjust the Add hours value (by adding or subtracting hours) until: (depending on time zone)

the first vehicle display is between 00:00 and 01:00; or

the last vehicle display is between 23:00 and 00:00.


IANALYZE PAGE 9-7

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

9.5 SELECTING A DATA SOURCE

Data generated by the diverse array of data collection equipment is saved in varying formats.

The Data Source pane displays current source file types from which to choose.

To select the appropriate source data type for the site:

Click the applicable data source.

1060 SERIES

1060 Series Data File Name Syntax: yyyymmdd.ext

Where

yyyy year; four (4) digits mm month; two (2) digits, 0 prefix required for single digit months dd day; two (2) digits; 0 prefix required for single digit days .ext Site ID extension

Example: 201501105.mn1

Interpreted as: Site file mn1 created on January 5th, 2015

TCC 540 (WIM)

Site ID is not used as a filter. iANALYZE uses ALL files in the directory.

Store each TCC (WIM) site in a separate directory.

TCC 540 (WIM) Data File Name Syntax: yyyymmdd[X].ext

Where

yyyy Year; four (4) digits

mm Month; two (2) digits, 0 prefix required for single digit months

dd Day; two (2) digits; 0 prefix required for single digit days

[X] File letter; [optional]

.ext Site ID extension

Examples: 20150102A.O12

Interpreted as: Site file O12, file A (1st file) created on January 2nd, 2015

20150102B.O12

Interpreted as: Site file O12, file B (2nd file) created on January 2nd, 2015


IANALYZE PAGE 9-8

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

ISINC®

iSINC® File Name Syntax: yyyymmdd.ext

Where





Example: 20141215.123A

Interpreted as: Site file 123A created on December 12th, 2014

DAW 100

Two (2) DAW file formats:

Format 1

DAW 100 Data File Name Syntax: DsIDmmdd.yy

Where

D Filename Prefix

sID Site ID; three (3) characters

mm month; two (2) digits, 0 prefix required for single digit months

dd day; two (2) digits; 0 prefix required for single digit days

.yy year; two (2) digit extension

Format 1 Example: D2021201.14

Interpreted as: Filename (prefix D) for Site 202 created on December 1st, 2014

Format 2

DAW 100 Data File Name Syntax: yyyymmdd.ext

Where





Format 2 Example: 20141201.202

Interpreted as: Site file 202 created on December 1st, 2014

TRS WIM

Site ID is not used as a filter. iANALYZE uses ALL files in the directory.

Store each TRS WIM site in a separate directory.


IANALYZE PAGE 9-9

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

As year is not included in the file name syntax; maintain separate year directories or files will overwrite each other.

TRS WIM Data File Name Syntax: DmmddSeq.PRN

Where

D Filename Prefix

mm month; two (2) digits, 0 prefix required for single digit months

dd day; two (2) digits; 0 prefix required for single digit days

Seq Sequence; three (3) digits. Indicates the order in which the file was downloaded.

.PRN Data file extension; three (3) characters

Example: D1201001.PRN

Interpreted as: The first (prefix D) file created on December 1st, 2014

PRN FILES

N/A

NTCP 1206

N/A

9.6 SPECIFYING LANE INFORMATION Click the number of lanes at the site to enable that number of lanes in the reports.

Enter a lane name (up to 16 characters) to be used in the report headings.

The default lane names are: #1, #2, #3…

9.7 ADDITIONAL SITE REPORTING DEFAULTS Depending on the selected data source, any or all of the following may be options may be configured for the site:

Figure 9-12 Site Editor: Initial Configuration Dialogue Options

For Data Sources: DAW 100 or TRS WIM; Data Settings option is also displayed:


IANALYZE PAGE 9-10

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

REPORTS LIST

Figure 9-13 Site Editor: Setup Available Reports List

The Setup Available Reports List provides the option to specify a relevant subset of reports from the Report Wizard to be used by this site.

To Display the Setup Available Reports List dialogue:

From the Site Editor Window,

Click

If the selected site Data Source does not provide all necessary information to create a report, it will not be displayed in the Reports Wizard/ Template Editor, even though it may be selected in this list.

For more information on selecting a report from the list, see section 6.1.2.1 Select Reports List, p. 6-6

Selection Operations

Click to select all reports. By default, all reports are selected.

Click to deselect all reports.

Click to display a Site List pop-up window.

Select a site to copy an existing report list from.

Dialogue Operations

Click to save the report list and close the window.

Click to discard selections and close the window.


IANALYZE PAGE 9-11

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

TMG DATA

See section 9.8 Configuring FHWA TMG Exports Information.

ESAL SETTINGS

Figure 9-14 Site Editor: ESAL Settings Dialogue

Equivalent Single Axle Load (ESAL) data is used to establish a damage relationship for comparing the effects of axles carrying different loads.

The iANALYZE ESAL Settings dialogue provides for the entry of variable parameters used in the calculation of Equivalent Single Axle Loads. Varying parameter settings may be used for each site.

To Display the ESAL Settings dialogue:

From the Site Editor Window,

Click

The ESAL Settings dialogue contains:

ESAL Methods Options

ESAL AASHTO Inputs pane

General Inputs pane; and an

On-Site ESAL Calculation option.

1

2 3

4


IANALYZE PAGE 9-12

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

9.7.3.1 ESAL Methods

There are three (3) methods for calculating ESAL valuations:

AASHTO Tables AASHTO Formula; and General Formula

To select, click the radio button to the left of the method.

Selecting the AASHTO Tables or Formula method deactivates the General Inputs pane. Selecting General Formula deactivates ESAL AASHTO Inputs pane.

AASHTO Tables

The ESAL value is determined using the tables found in the 1993 AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavement Structures.

http://www.pavementinteractive.org/article/1993-aashto-flexible-pavement-structural-design/




IANALYZE PAGE 9-13

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Table 4 AASHTO 1993 Tables

AASHTO Formula

The ESAL value is determined using the formula specified in the1993 AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavement Structures.


General Formula

The ESAL value is determined using a general ESAL formula:

ESAL A L BkC D L

k

nk

[ * ]( / )

1

Where:

n = Number of axles on vehicle

A = ESAL Parameter 1

B = ESAL Parameter 2

C = ESAL Parameter 3

D = ESAL Parameter 4

L = Load on axle k in 1000's of kilograms (from system)

ESAL = Sum of values calculated for each axle of the vehicle, using the respective load (L) values




IANALYZE PAGE 9-14

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

9.7.3.2 AASHTO Inputs Pane

Figure 9-15 Site Editor: ESAL Settings; AASHTO Inputs Pane

Using either the AASHTO Tables or Formula method, the Inputs pane provides for the specification of the following inputs:

Terminal Serviceability; and Pavement Type

Terminal Serviceability

Terminal Serviceability Index The minimum acceptable value before resurfacing or restructuring is necessary.

Recommended Values: 2.5 or 3 for major highways

2 for highways with a lower classification

Type an entry or use the spin box arrows to set the index (Pt) value.

Pavement Type

Rigid Slab Thickness. D(in); ESAL factors depend on the slab thickness


IANALYZE PAGE 9-15

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Table 5 Terminal Serviceability Index of 2.5

Flexible Structural Number


IANALYZE PAGE 9-16

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

9.7.3.3 General Inputs Pane

Parameters 1, 2, 3, and 4 can be applied to generate a custom function or curve.

When a load is specified in 1000’s of kilograms (tonnes), parameters A, B, C and D must be set accordingly.

9.7.3.4 Use ESAL Values Calculated On Site

If ESAL values are calculated on site and saved with individual vehicle records, selecting this checkbox will cause the ESAL value in each record to be used rather than recalculating the value when the report is generated. This will speed up processing time. If this option is selected and there are no ESAL values in the vehicle records, a pop up message warning of this condition will appear and the program will attempt to calculate the ESAL values using the site’s settings.


IANALYZE PAGE 9-17

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

DAYLIGHT SAVING

Figure 9-16 Daylight Saving Time Adjustments

DST: Daylight Saving Time

Old DST: DST that starts in Canada / United States on the first Sunday in April and ends on the last Sunday in October.

New DST: DST that starts in Canada / United States on the second Sunday in March and ends on the first Sunday in November.

Clicking the Daylight Saving… button opens the window where Daylight Savings Time for a selected site is adjusted.


IANALYZE PAGE 9-18

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Figure 9-17 Daylight Savings window

If Use Daylight Saving Time checkbox is selected, the fields Daylight Saving Time Change in minutes, Year, Daylight Saving Begins, Daylight Savings Ends, Reset button, Reset All button and Manual DST Adjustment checkbox will be active.

Site- Site ID and Site Name of the selected site. These fields are inactive.

Daylight Saving Time Change in minutes – This can be set to either 60 minutes (1hr) or 30mins. If set to 60 minutes, this means Daylight Saving time changes by 60 minutes. If set to 30 minutes, this means Daylight Saving time changes by 30 minutes.

Year – Click the down arrow to display a list of available years.

Daylight Saving Begins – This field defaults to US Daylight Saving beginning date and

time. To change from the default, click the down arrow to display a calendar and then adjust the beginning date and time of Daylight Saving.


IANALYZE PAGE 9-19

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Daylight Saving Ends – This field defaults US Daylight Saving end date and time. To

change from the default, click the down arrow to display a calendar and then adjust the Daylight Saving End date and time.

Reset Button – Changes both Daylight Saving Begins and Daylight Saving Ends fields of the selected year to default values.

Reset All Button – Changes both Daylight Saving Begins and Daylight Saving Ends fields of ALL years to default values.

Manual DST Adjustment checkbox – Select this checkbox if your data collection system does not automatically change the clock to the New DST.

If the Manual DST Adjustment checkbox is selected, all the following checkboxes will become active but the date and time fields will remain inactive. If any of the Manual DST checkboxes are selected, the date and time field will become active as shown below:

Figure 9-18 Time adjustment


IANALYZE PAGE 9-20

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

The date and time fields are set by default to the New DST start and end times. To

change from the default, click the down arrow to display a calendar and then adjust the date and time.

Adjust Time before DST start– Select this checkbox if daylight savings time was manually adjusted on the System clock before the start date of the Old DST.

Adjust Time after DST start– Select this checkbox if daylight savings time was manually adjusted on the System clock after the start date of the Old DST and before the end date of the Old DST.

Adjust Time before DST end– Select this checkbox if daylight savings time was manually adjusted on the System clock after the end date of the Old DST and before the end date of the New DST.

Adjust Time after DST end– Select this checkbox if daylight savings time was manually adjusted on the System clock after the end date of the New DST.

System Daylight Saving Time begins– Select this checkbox to enter the System start DST (start date of the Old DST).

System Daylight Saving Time ends– Select this checkbox to enter the System end DST (end date of the Old DST).

System Upgrade Time–Select this checkbox to enter the date and time the System was upgraded to the newer version that has the New DST settings. While creating reports, the data after this date should not be affected by the above settings.

PRN SETTINGS

Figure 9-19 PRN Report Configuration

iANALYZE can convert and generate site data to a .PRN (printer) report file for export to other programs. The PRN Report Configuration window established the Header and captured detail of the output file.

Station # – enter the identifier for the station (maximum 12 alphanumeric characters).

ID – enter the site ID (maximum 12 alphanumeric characters).


IANALYZE PAGE 9-21

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Unit ID – enter the two digit identification number of the data collection device.

Lane Layout – select the layout of sensors attached to the counting device in the lane.

City – enter the name of the city identifier (if applicable) for the site (maximum 20 alphanumeric characters).

County – enter the county identifier (if applicable) in which the site is located (maximum 20 alphanumeric characters).

Location – enter the location the site (maximum 40 alphanumeric characters).

Interval – enter the time interval, in minutes, to be used for the bins produced in the PRN file report. Note that the interval specified here will only be used when deriving PRN data from per vehicle input data. When binned data is used to produce the PRN file, the interval used by the bins will be used.

Direction Information – the direction of traffic flow for each lane in which data was collected; select the direction that most closely approximates the direction of traffic flow in that lane.

VEHICLE MERGING

Figure 9-20 Vehicle Merging Settings

Some sites produce data files that contain matched vehicle records. Matched vehicle records are produced if the data gathering system has multiple sets of sensors in the same traffic stream (, for example from an upstream and a downstream set of sensors) and the system is capable of determining that the same vehicle has produced two or more vehicle records (using vehicle speed, number of axles, etc.).

The data gathering system will assign matched vehicle records the same vehicle record number to indicate that both records were produced by the same vehicle. Because vehicle record numbers are assigned in sequence from a limited range of numbers, the same record number may be assigned multiple times during a data collection period; to ensure that only records created by the same vehicle are matched, the search through the data for the collection period is limited to the specified time. iANALYZE can merge the external data items for matched vehicle records from data files for use with the View Vehicles display. (See section 5.1.3.3 for more information on External Data Items).

3. Select the checkbox to use this feature.


IANALYZE PAGE 9-22

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

4. Record from lane - select the option to determine which of the matched records the external data item will be attached to:

With most information – iANALYZE can determine the lane that has the most information (based on a vehicle’s record type) and merge the external data into vehicle records from that lane

Specific – the merge process will merge external data items into the matched vehicle record from the specified lane. If a matched vehicle in the specified lane is not found, external data items will be merged into the first vehicle record found for the matched vehicles.

Time:

Specifies the maximum time difference, in minutes, between vehicles with the same vehicle record number to be considered matched. This should be set slightly longer than the maximum time that a vehicle would be expected to take to travel between the first and last set of sensors at the site.

DATA SETTINGS

For Data Sources: DAW 100 or TRS WIM

9.7.7.1 DAW 100 Data Settings

Figure 9-21 DAW100 Data Settings

The left and right wheel weight data from a DAW100 can be reversed in each lane of the site. This may be necessary if data has been collected on a DAW100 using a non-standard sensor connection (standard is left weight sensor connected to terminal 1).

To Swap Left/ Right weights:

1. Click the checkbox(es) of the lane(s) to be reversed.

2. Click .

9.7.7.2 TRS WIM Data Settings


IANALYZE PAGE 9-23

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Figure 9-22 TRS WIM Data Settings

iANALYZE can correct per vehicle data records in a data file received from a TRS data recorder with the same method used by the TRS data recorder when binning traffic data.

Filter Tailgaters – select this checkbox to separate vehicle records for vehicles that the TRS would flag as tailgating. This condition occurs when the TRS detects 2 axles that are separated by a distance greater than a predefined distance; in this case it assumes the last 2 axles belong to a separate vehicle and creates a separate record for thetailgating vehicle.

Filter Short Gaps – select this checkbox to clean up vehicle records having an axle spacing less than a predefined minimum distance. These records may occur if the roadway at the site has become uneven, resulting in axle bounce.


IANALYZE PAGE 9-24

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

9.8 CONFIGURING FHWA TMG EXPORTS INFORMATION

Figure 9-23 FHWA TMG Exports Information

All FWHA definitions and values of terms are interpreted by IRD however, the FWHA is the final authority on any Traffic Monitoring Guide subject. For more information, see http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/policyinformation/tmguide/.

To access FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide (TMG) Exports Information:

Click .

Any fields that do not require entry data to produce a record can be set to Blank.

TMG DATA: STATION DESCRIPTION INFORMATION 1

FIPS State Code FHWA code for the state or province where the site is located.

1. To select a code, click the down arrow to display an alphabetical drop down list of states and provinces.

2. Use the scroll bar to move the list up or down until the locale of the site appears, and

3. Click the state or province.

Station ID Identification number assigned to this station.



IANALYZE PAGE 9-25

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Functional Class FHWA classification for the site.

1. To select a class, click the down arrow to display a drop down list of site classes

2. click the corresponding to the site.

9.8.1.1 Lane/ Dir of Travel

Each lane (from 1 to 8) has two drop down menus.

Lane Number 0 Combined designates that data from all lanes in a selected direction is to be combined.

If 0 Combined is selected for any lane, the lane assignments for all other lanes in that direction must also be 0 Combined (i.e. you cannot have a mixture of some combined and some separate lanes in the same direction.

If data is to be separated for each lane, the Rightmost (farthest right hand lane when facing downstream) lane is assigned number 1 and all Other lanes should be assigned 2 through 9 starting from the right.

To select a lane number, click the down arrow to display a drop down list.

Direction of Travel Approximate direction of travel for each lane at the report site.

To select a direction, click the down arrow to display a drop down list of directions.

9.8.1.2 Traffic volume:

Sample Type Used to indicate whether data from this station is used for Traffic Volume Trends:

Blank no entry for this parameter T = Used for Traffic Volume Trends N = Not used for Traffic Volume trends

Counting Method Type of Traffic Counter:

Blank no entry for this parameter 1 = Human Observation (manual) 2 = Portable traffic counting device 3 = Permanent automatic traffic recorder (ATR)

Lanes Monitored Number of lanes for which traffic volumes are monitored at this site.


IANALYZE PAGE 9-26

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

9.8.1.3 Classification:

Sample Type Used to indicate if data from this station is used in the Heavy Vehicle Traffic Information System:

Blank no entry for this parameter H = Used for Heavy Vehicle Traffic Information System N = Not used for Heavy Vehicle Traffic Information System

Method Method used to classify heavy vehicles:

Blank: no entry for this parameter Human observation (manual) vehicle classification Portable vehicle classification device Permanent vehicle classification device

Algorithm Displays the algorithm used to sort vehicles into classes:

Blank no entry for this parameter A = Human observation on site (manual) B = Human observation of vehicle image (e.g. video) C = Automated interpretation of image or signature D = Vehicle length classification E = Axle spacing with ASTM standard E1572 F = Axle spacing with scheme F G = Axle spacing with scheme F modified H = Other axle spacing algorithm K = Axle spacing and weight algorithm L = Axle spacing and vehicle length algorithm M = Axle spacing, weight and vehicle length algorithm N = Axle spacing and other input(s) not specified above Z = Other means not specified above

System Total number of classes in the vehicle classification system used. The default of 13 is the standard FHWA 13 class system.

Maximum number of classes is 75.

Lanes Monitored Number of lanes that are monitored for vehicle classification (up to a maximum of the number of lanes at the site).


IANALYZE PAGE 9-27

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

9.8.1.4 Truck Weight:

Sample Type Destination usage for truck weight data from this station:

Blank no entry for this parameter B = Station used for TMG sample and SHRP LTPP sample L = Station used for SHRP LTPP sample but not TMG sample T = Station used for TMG sample but not SHRP LTPP sample N = Station not used for any of the above

Weighing Method Type of weigh scale in use at the site:

Blank no entry for this parameter 1 = Portable static scale 2 = Chassis mounted, towed static scale 3 = Platform or pit static scale 4 = Portable weigh-in-motion scale 5 = Permanent weigh-in-motion scale

System Calibration Method used to calibrate the weighing system used to gather data:

Blank no entry for this parameter A = ASTM Standard 1318 B = Subset of ASTM Standard 1318 C = Test trucks / trucks from the traffic stream (not ASTM

Standard 1318) D = Other sample of trucks from the traffic stream M = Moving average of the steering axle of 3S2s S = Static calibration T = Test trucks only U = Uncalibrated Z = Other method

Lanes Monitored Displays the number of lanes that are monitored for vehicle weight (up to a maximum of the number of lanes at the site).


IANALYZE PAGE 9-28

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

TMG DATA: STATION DESCRIPTION INFORMATION 2

Figure 9-24 TMG Data: Station Description Information 2

Data Retrieval Method Method by which files are retrieved from the data collection site.

Blank no entry for this parameter Not automated (manual) Automated (telemetry)

Sensor Type Type of sensor used for traffic detection

Blank: no entry for this parameter A = Automatic vehicle identification (AVI) B = Bending Plate C = Capacitance strip D = Capacitance mat/pad E = Hydraulic load cell F = Fiber optic NEW G = Strain gauge on bridge beam H = Human observation (manual) I = Infrared K = Laser/lidar L = Inductance loop M = Magnetometer


IANALYZE PAGE 9-29

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

N = None P = Piezoelectric Q = Quartz piezoelectric NEW R = Road tube S = Sonic/acoustic T = Tape switch U = Ultrasonic V = Video image W = Microwave X = Radio wave Z = Other

2nd Sensor Type For a second sensor used in traffic detection, select the type, otherwise select N= None.

Blank no entry for this parameter A = Automatic vehicle identification (AVI) B = Bending Plate C = Capacitance strip D = Capacitance mat/pad E = Hydraulic load cell F = Fiber optic NEW G = Strain gauge on bridge beam H = Human observation (manual) I = Infrared K = Laser/lidar L = Inductance loop M = Magnetometer N = None P = Piezoelectric Q = Quartz piezoelectric NEW R = Road tube S = Sonic/acoustic T = Tape switch U = Ultrasonic V = Video image W = Microwave X = Radio wave Z = Other

Primary Purpose Main purpose for installing this station and by implication the organization responsible for the station and the data from it:

Blank no entry for this parameter E = Enforcement (e.g. speed or weight enforcement) I = Operations initiatives in support of ITS initiatives L = Load data for pavement design or management O = Planning or Traffic statistics purposes R = Research purposes (e.g. LTPP)


IANALYZE PAGE 9-30

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

LRS identification 12-character Linear Referencing System identification code as reported in the Highway Performance Monitoring System for the section of roadway where the station is located.

Leading zeros must be included, no blank spaces are allowed in the ID code.

Refer to Chapter 5 of the HPMS Field Manual: Linear referencing System Requirements.

Location Point Linear Referencing System kilometer location point (KMPT) for the station.

Format: KKK.mmm (3 kilometer digits, decimal, 3 meter digits).

If this value is unknown, enter -1.

Latitude Latitude coordinate (north hemisphere assumed) of the site in degrees, minutes and seconds.

Format: DD.MMMSSS (decimal point between degrees and minutes, no separator between minutes and seconds).


Longitude Longitude coordinate (west hemisphere assumed) of the site in degrees, minutes and seconds.

Format: DDD.MMMSSS (decimal point between degrees and minutes, no separator between minutes and seconds).


SHRP Site ID Used to indicate a site used for Strategic Highways Research Program data.

Enter the SHRP identification number.

Previous Station ID Used to indicate whether a station replaces another station.

Enter the identification of the previous station.

Year Station Established Number of years ago that the station started operations.

Use the up/down arrows to increment/decrement the count.


Year Station Discontinued Number of years ago that the station ended operations.

Use the up/down arrows to increment/decrement the count.



IANALYZE PAGE 9-31

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

FIPS County Code 3 digit Federal Information Processing Standards county code (refer to Federal Information Processing Standards Publication 6: Counties of the States of the United States).

On HPMS Standard Sample Section? Enter Y if this site is on an HPMS sample section; otherwise enter N.

HPMS Sample Identifier Enter Y this site is on an HPMS sample section.

Enter the HPMS Sample Identifier code as per HPMS Field Manual.

On National Highway System? Enter Y if this site is on the National Highway System; otherwise enter N.

9.8.2.1 Route Signing

Posted Agency in control of highway signage at the site, as per HMPS Field Manual:

Blank no entry for this parameter 0 Not signed 1 Interstate 2 US 3 State 4 Off-Interstate business marker 5 County 6 Township 7 Municipal 8 Parkway or forest route marker 9 None of the above

Posted Number Route number of the principal route on which the site is located.

If the site is on a city street, enter 0 (zero).

Concurrent For a concurrent highway number posted, select the second posting agency here:

Blank no entry for this parameter 0 Not signed 1 Interstate 2 US 3 State 4 Off-Interstate business marker 5 County 6 Township 7 Municipal 8 Parkway or forest route marker 9 None of the above

Concurrent Number Route number posted by the second posting agency.


IANALYZE PAGE 9-32

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Station Location Description of the site location (max 50 characters, abbreviate if necessary).

For stations on a numbered route, enter the distance and direction of the station from the nearest major intersecting route, state border, or landmark on state road maps.

For stations located on a city street, enter the city name and street address.

TMG DATA: EXPORT SPECIFIC OPTIONS

Figure 9-25 TMG Data: Export Specific Options

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL LANGUAGE FILES

IANALYZE PAGE 10-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

10 LANGUAGE FILES

10.1 HOW IANALYZE USES LANGUAGE FILES The iANALYZE program uses language resource files to change the text displayed in the program user interface and for report outputs. iANALYZE will attempt to match a language resource file to the regional settings of the Microsoft Windows operating system. If no resource file is found, the default (internal English language) file will be used.

This section describes how to create and modify language resource files.

Language files and utilities are found in the iANALYZE program Culture directory; default locations:

Windows XP: C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Documents\IRD\iAnalyze;

Vista or Windows 7: C:\Users\Public\Documents\IRD\iAnalyze.

User modifiable language files are in XML format and are identified by their .resx file extension.

Once the .resx files have been modified to contain the require English to destination language translations, they are transformed using the ResGen.exe utility (also installed in the Culture directory) into the .resource format language files that are used by iANALYZE (refer to section 10.5 - Creating Resource Files).

10.2 OPENING A LANGUAGE FILE Any of the language files with a .resx extension can be opened in either a Plain text editor or an XML editor. Some XML editors modify the file header, which will cause problems, for this reason it is recommended that a plain text editor be used. The descriptions given below are for editing the file with a plain text editor. An XML editor that displays in data mode will likely list the fields in columns, making it slightly more user friendly.

The content of the file is identified by xml tags; each tag is enclosed in angle brackets <…>.

The header section is identified by the <xsd> … </xsd> and <resheader> … </resheader> tags and makes up approximately the first 120 lines of the file. The header should not be changed.

Below the header section is the actual language content of the file. Each language text element (labels, messages, report information, etc.) that can be modified is contained within a pair of <data name=xxx> … </data> tags. The name in the <data> tag will be

unique for each language text element; it is what iANALYZE uses to identify the language text element and should not be modified. Between each pair of <data> …</data> tags are three tag pairs that describe the content of the language text element:

<comment> … </comment> - delimits the field that contains addition information about how or where the language element is used. The comment is for information only and is not used in the translation; it may be changed without affecting the translation, but this is not recommended. The first line of the comment tag will


IANALYZE PAGE 10-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

begin with the words:English text , followed by the English language version of the contents of the <value> tag. This may be followed by other comment content.

<value> … </value> - delimits the field that contains the translation of the language text element. This field is the only part of each language element that should be modified.

CREATING A LANGUAGE FILE

When iANALYZE is installed, a file named Language.resx is loaded; this is the default English language file, which can be modified as described below to create a new language file.

Open the Language.resx file

When the Language.resx file is initially opened, the <value> fields will contain the default English text. This will result in any text that is not translated being displayed in English. The default English text will also appear in the comment field.

After the Language.resx file has been opened, create a new file by saving to a new file name as follows:

Save to the iANALYZE Culture directory

(default:

on Windows XP : C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Documents\IRD\iAnalyze

on Vista or Windows 7: C:\Users\Public\Documents\IRD\iAnalyze )

The filename must be: Language.xx-YY.resx

where xx is the two letter ISO 639 language code (refer to appendix .1.1.1.1G.1)

and YY is the two letter ISO 3166 country code (refer to appendix 0).

Example filenames:

For United States – Language.en-US.resx

For Thailand – Language.th-TH.resx

For Canada – Language.en-CA.resx Once the new .resx file has been created, proceed to edit the value fields with the translations as described in section 10.4.

10.3 MODIFYING A LANGUAGE FILE Any existing Language.xx-YY.resx file can be edited to change an existing translation to

an updated translation.

Open the Language.xx-YY.resx file.

Locate the language text element(s) to be modified and edit the <value> field as described in the next section.


IANALYZE PAGE 10-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

10.4 VALUE FIELDS The <value> fields are the parts of the .resx file that are modified to contain translations of the English language text in the <englishText> field.

In addition, the following special options may be used in the <value> field:

BLANK VALUE

If the field between the <value> </value> tags contains only blank spaces (or no space), the default English text from the internal language file will be used for that language text element.

FORCING TRANSLATION TEXT TO BE A BLANK SPACE

To force a blank space to be displayed for a language text element, enter <value>SP4CE</value> in the field for that language text element.

FORCING TRANSLATION TEXT TO BE NOTHING (NULL)

To force no text to be displayed for a language text element, enter <value>N4THING</value> in the field for that language text element.

CARRIAGE RETURN

To cause a carriage return/line feed (new line) in a language text element, enter \n at the position in the text where the carriage return/line feed is to occur.

ALT KEY FUNCTIONS

In addition to selecting them with a mouse click, some program operations can be performed by pressing a combination of keys at the same time, usually the Alt key and a specific letter key. These are called Alt-Key or Quick Key commands. Language text elements with this option will usually have the phrase in the <comment> field:Underscore precedes a (unique) character for Alt-Key functionality to indicate that this option is present.

Alt-Key commands are optional, if an Alt-Key command is present in the <englishText> field it may or may not be translated into the <value> field at the translators discretion.

To specify an Alt-Key command in a <value> field, insert the underscore character _ before the character to be used for the Alt-Key command.

Alphabet keys are not case sensitive; the shift key does not have to be pressed if the letter is capitalized in the text. Non-alphabet key that require the Shift key to produce the character will require all three keys (Alt/Shift/character) pressed for the Alt-Key command.

Examples:

To make an Alt-Key command to activate theClose button by pressing the Alt and C keys simultaneously, enter <value>_Close</value> .

To make an Alt-Key command to activate thePreview function by pressing the Alt and v keys, enter <value>_view</value>

To make an Alt-Key command to activate theStart Class: input field by pressing the Alt, Shift and : keys, enter <value>Start Class_:</value>


IANALYZE PAGE 10-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Note: iANALYZE Version 4.3 and earlier used the ampersand character & to specify Alt Key commands. These have been changed to underscore in subsequent version language files released by IRD, but if a system is using a language file not supplied by IRD, all Alt Key command instances of ampersand should be replaced by an underscore to have the commands function properly.

10.4.5.1 Shared Alt-Key Commands

Some Alt-Key commands can be used to control more than one operation (iANALYZE can determine the usage from the command context). The following types of controls can share Alt-Key commands:

Text fields

Radio buttons

List boxes

Combo boxes

Drop-down lists

Group box titles

Example: if bothStart Class andEnd Class List box selection operations have been coded to use Alt-C as their Alt-Key command:

The first time Alt-C is pressed, the Start Class list box will be selected

The second time Alt-C is pressed, the End Class list box will be selected

The third time Alt-C is pressed, the Start Class list box will be selected again, and so on …

The following types of controls cannot use a shared Alt-Key command:

Buttons

Tabs If a button and any other control option are both programmed with the same Alt-Key command, the button command will always take precedence when the Alt-Key command is pressed and the other command will never take place.

10.5 CREATING RESOURCE FILES Once the changes are complete to the .resx XML language file, save and close the file.

Create a batch file to run the ResGen utility to generate a .resources language file from the new or modified .resx XML file that has just been edited. The batch file can be created either by editing the existing ResxtoResources.bat in the Culture directory or by making a new file. The file can have any name but must end in .bat; for example Resx_to_Resource.bat. Each line of the file will have the following format:

ResGen Language.xx-YY.resx Language.xx-YY.resource

where Language.xx-YY is the filename with the language and country code (refer to Appendix 0).

Normally the file will contain only one line with the name of the edited .resx file, but if a system uses multiple language files and they have all been edited, the batch file would have a line for each modified file. Each line in the batch file will generate one resource file.


IANALYZE PAGE 10-5

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Example: the base Language file, a Canadian English, American English and Thai Language files have all been modified, the batch file would appear as follows:

ResGen Language.resx Language.resources

ResGen Language.en-CA.resx Language.en-CA.resources

ResGen Language.en-US.resx Language.en-US.resources

ResGen Language.th-TH.resx Language.th-TH.resources

Save the batch file in the Culture directory.

Double click the batch file in the Culture directory to run the utility. Any new .resource files will be created in the Culture directory, existing .resource files will be replaced with the new version.

10.6 IANALYZE USAGE OF LANGUAGE FILES iANALYZE uses the language file stored in the Culture directory that matches the Windows operating system Regional settings for the computer on which iANALYZE is running.

The language file must be named according to the following convention:

Language.xx-YY.resources

where xx is the two letter ISO 639 language code and YY is the two letter ISO 3166 country code (refer to appendix 0).

If there is no Language.xx-YY.resources file that matches the computers Regional settings, iANALYZE will use the default external language file Language.resources, which, if it has not been modified, will display English text.

If there is no Language.resources file, iANALYZE will use its internal file and display English text.

REGIONAL SETTINGS

To set the Microsoft Windows operating system Regional settings:

Open the Windows Control Panel, Select Regional Settings

on the Regional Options tab

under the Standards and Formats heading, select the language to match the language code in the .resource file name language code.

under the Location heading, select the country to match the .resource file name country code.

Example: the Windows settings for the file Language.th_TH.resource would appear similar to the figure below:


IANALYZE PAGE 10-6

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Figure 10-1 Windows Regional and Language settings

10.6.1.1 Gregorian Calendar Setting

iANALYZE requires that the date setting that the Windows operating system uses be the Gregorian Calendar. If another calendar is used, the following error message will be displayed when iANALYZE is started:

To change the calendar, click the Advanced button on the Regional Options panel to open the Customize Regional Settings window, select the Date tab, and from the Calendar type drop down list, select the Gregorian Calendar:


IANALYZE PAGE 10-7

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Figure 10-2 Changing to Gregorian Calendar

Any time the regional settings are changed, the calendar used may be automatically reset by Windows; always check the calendar setting after changing the regional settings.

INCORPORATING A LANGUAGE FILE

To incorporate an external language file:

1. Create a new .resx language file or open an existing .resx language file in the Culture directory

2. Edit the .resx file to set translations as desired. 3. Generate the .resources file from that .resx file (see section 10.5). 4. Set the Computer’s regional settings to match the language and country naming

convention of the filename. 5. Run iANALYZE; it should now use the new external language file and display

translated text.

TROUBLESHOOTING

Problem Description:

Regardless of the translation/text in the .resx file, the text displayed by iANALYZE has not changed.

Possible Reasons:

1. incorrect field in .resx file updated 2. resources file not created because .resx file not stored in the Culture directory 3. resources file not re-created after change to .resx file 4. resources file not stored in the correct location (Culture directory)


IANALYZE PAGE 10-8

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

5. resources file not named properly 6. Regional Settings not configured correctly

Solution:

1. incorrect field in .resx file updated If any field other than the value field in the .resx XML file is changed, the translation will not be updated. It may in fact break the program’s ability to translate that field at all (and iANALYZE will therefore default to its internal English language file).

2. .resources file not created because .resx file not stored in the Culture directory The iANALYZE program does not use the .resx file to determine translations. Rather, it uses a .resources file that is created from the .resx file. See section 10.5.

Ensure that the .resources file is stored in the Culture directory.

3. .resources file not re-created after change to .resx file The iANALYZE program does not use the .resx file for translations; rather, it uses a .resources file that is created from the .resx file. See section 10.5.

Ensure that after the .resx file was updated, a new .resources file was created and stored in the Culture directory.

4. .resources file not stored in the correct location (Culture directory) The iANALYZE program only looks for the .resources file in the iANALYZE program’s Culture directory. If iANALYZE was installed to the default location, this directory is:

on Windows XP : C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Documents\IRD\iAnalyze

on Vista or Windows 7: C:\Users\Public\Documents\IRD\iAnalyze

Ensure that the .resources file is in the correct location.

5. .resources file not named properly The iANALYZE program only looks for .resources files that match its regional settings (or, failing to find a matching regional setting, it will look for Language.resources).

Ensure that the language file is named correctly according to the convention described in section 10.6.

6. Regional Settings not configured correctly The iANALYZE program only looks for a .resources file that matches the computer’s regional settings (or, failing to find file with a matching regional setting, it will look for the default file Language.resources).

Ensure that the regional settings are set appropriately (see example in section 10.6).

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL APPENDIX A IANALYZE INSTALLATION NOTES

IANALYZE PAGE A-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendices

Appendix A IANALYZE INSTALLATION NOTES

PRESERVED INSTALLATION SETTINGS

The following files are not affected by upgrading from a previous version of iANALYZE:

Operator’s Manual Site Configurations Logs Generated Reports Custom Parameters User Information Settings Units Selection Classification Selection Classification Files Vehicle Records Custom Image Files jpegs/ bitmaps used in report headers

The following files will be removed or overwritten when iANALYZE is uninstalled:

Language Files .resx and resource files located in the Culture directory

Program Files iANALYZE executables .exe and associated .dll files

Noimage.jpg placeholder icon displayed in Vehicle View when site images are not available.

If this file has been modified (i.e. replaced it with a customized icon) it will be lost in the de-install process.

To retain a customized language file, copy the file to a safe location (not under the iANALYZE directory).

Note If an upgrade is to a more recent version of software, the language file tags may not all be compatible; in this case the language file will require editing to update the changed tags. These changes may be performed by the customer or by contacting an IRD service representative.

To retain a customized noimage.jpg file, copy the file to a safe location (not under the iANALYZE directory) until after the new installation is completed, then recopy the saved file over the installed noimage.jpg file.

.NET FRAMEWORK AND CRYSTAL REPORTS RUNTIME LIBRARY

iANALYZE requires the following:

Microsoft .NET Framework Version 4.0 Full version or later; and Crystal Reports Runtime Library 13.0.14*

* ONLY version 13.0.14 is supported.

The above files and libraries will be installed when setup is run from the installation CD.


IANALYZE PAGE A-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

IANALYZE OPERATOR’S MANUAL

The iANALYZE Operator’s Manual is located on the iANALYZE Installation CD and copied to the default directory during the installation process.

Name:

Directory: C:\Users\Public\Public Documents\IRD\iANALYZE

Should the following error occur when accessing the manual from the application, the .pdf may be manually copied from the CD to the default directory.

IANALYZE INSTALLATION STEPS

Typically, installing over a previous installation of iANALYZE will proceed smoothly. If however, a version conflict is indicated during the current installation process, the existing iANALYZE version will need to be removed.

A.4.1 Remove Previous iANALYZE Version

Should the above warning message appear during installation, remove the existing iAnalyze version and re-run the installation wizard.

To remove a previous version of iANALYZE:

A.4.1.1 Windows XP


1. Select Add/Remove Programs.

2. Select Change or Remove Programs.

3. Under currently installed programs, locate and click iANALYZE


IANALYZE PAGE A-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

4. Click Remove.

5. At the Remove Program message prompt, click Yes.

The iANALYZE program and associated windows shortcuts are uninstalled.

Proceed with iANALYZE installation.

A.4.1.2 Windows 7/8


1. Select Programs.

2. Click Uninstall a program.

3. In the programs list, locate and click iANALYZE.


IANALYZE PAGE A-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

4. Click Uninstall.

5. At the uninstall iAnalyze message prompt, click Yes.

The iANALYZE program and associated windows shortcuts are uninstalled.

Proceed with iANALYZE installation.

A.4.2 Insert iANALYZE Installation CD

1. Login using an account with sufficient (administrator) permissions to make system level changes.

2. Place the IRD installation CD in the CD drive.

The autoinstaller will automatically install required files and initiate the iANALYZE installation wizard.

.NET Framework and Crystal Reports Runtime Library will be installed as necessary.

Troubleshooting Tips

Problem Solution

Autoinstaller doesn’t start. Navigate to the root directory of the CD. 64-bit edition OS: Double-click Setup64.exe 32-bit edition OS (or unknown):

Double-click Setup.exe

Remove iANALYZE version warning appears.

Click OK to close the warning message. Uninstall current iANALYZE version, see section A.3.1 Re-attempt installation.


IANALYZE PAGE A-5

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

A.4.3 Complete Installation Wizard Prompts

To complete the iANALYZE installation:

1. At the iANALYZE Setup License Agreement window, scroll through the agreement and click Accept.

The iANALYZE file download begins.

A version conflict prompt may occur during the file download stage. See section A.3.1 Remove Previous iANALYZE Version for more information.

2. At the iANALYZE Setup Wizard Welcome window, click Next.

3. At the iANALYZE License Agreement window:

Scroll through the agreement and click I agree; click Next.


IANALYZE PAGE A-6

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

4. At the iANALYZE Customer Information window, type:

Customer name Organization name; and Click Next.

5. At the iANALYZE Select Installation Folder window,

Review or select the installation directory; click Next.

6. At the iANALYZE Confirm Installation window, click Next.

Once the installation is complete,

7. At the Installation Complete window, click Close.

A.4.4 File Relocation

Copy any custom language or noimage.jpg files saved from a previous installation, back to the appropriate directories.

A.4.5 Installation Cleanup

If the installation folder was copied onto the computer, delete it.

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL APPENDIX B IANALYZE COMMAND LINE INTERFACE

IANALYZE PAGE B-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix B IANALYZE COMMAND LINE INTERFACE iANALYZE may also be run as a command line application as described below. This is useful for running iAnalyze from a script or batch file.

COMMAND LINE SYNTAX

ianalyze [-p XXX | -t FFFF.EEE] [-d path] [-s ZZZ] [-b

MMDDYYYY -e MMDDYYYY] [-f file]

COMMAND LINE PARAMETERS

-p sends output to the default printer

XXX [Optional] three character string (currently ignored)

Backwards compatibility feature so that command line files for previous releases may still be used

-t specifies output as text file

FFFF specifies text to be prefixed to the output file name

EEE specifies a three-character file type extension (output file format)

appended to the output file name

Valid standard report formats are:

.pdf – portable document format

.txt – plain ASCII text

.rtf – rich text format

.doc – Microsoft Word document (97-2003)

.xls – Microsoft Excel spreadsheet (97-2003)

All other extensions default to plain text format

–d path [Optional] Data path used to specify data file location

If not specified, uses the configured site data path.

A path name with spaces must be enclosed in quotation marks.

–s ZZZ [Optional] Specifies a data Site using the three-character data site

extension ZZZ

If not specified, reports are generated for all sites.

–b MMDDYYYY [Optional] Specifies reporting Begin (start) date

If not specified, the date of the oldest file found in the data directory is used. By default, time of day starts just after midnight on the morning of the start date.

–e MMDDYYYY [Optional] Specifies reporting End (stop) date


IANALYZE PAGE B-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

If not specified, the date of the most recent file + 1 day, is used. By default, time of day ends just before midnight on the evening of the end date.

Date options may not be present for all data types. If the data type does not contain date information, reports may only be

generated on whole data files.

–f file [Optional] Specifies the setup (template) File to be used

If not specified, by default, the report listing and filter criteria are generated from the Most Recently Used template (i.e. the reports that were most recently generated in the Report Wizard User Interface screen).

The graphical user interface can be used to create a template specifying which reports are to be generated (see section 8). These reports can then be generated from the command line.

OUTPUT FILENAME SYNTAX

Generating a report from the command line will result in the following filename syntax: FFFF_ZZZ_RRRRR.EEE

where: FFFF is the text from the –t parameter

ZZZ is the site extension

RRRRR is the report name

EEE is the file type extension from the –t parameter

COMMAND LINE AND CUSTOM REPORTS

Custom reports each have an output format specific to the report, as outlined in the table below. These report names are prepended with the FFFF when generated from the

command line.

Custom Report Output Format

FHWA Vehicle Classification <SS><YY><site>.CLA

Where: <SS> two character state abbreviation

<YY> two-digit year number

<site> site identifier

optionally; can be inserted if user-enabled in the Reports Wizard. See section 6.1.1.3.

FHWA Truck Weight <SS><YY><site>.WGT

FHWA Traffic Volume <SS><YY><site>.VOL

FHWA Station File* <SS><YY><site>.STA


IANALYZE PAGE B-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015


Custom TRIPS (200) TRIPS.<site>

Where:


Custom Per Vehicle Record (201)

Standard file naming rules apply

Custom FHWA Vehicle Classification (202) Custom FHWA Vehicle Classification with Zeros (208)

4<site><mm><dd>.<yy>

Where:


<mm> two digit month number

<dd > two digit day of month

<yy> two digit year number

Custom FWHA Traffic Volume (204) Custom FWHA Traffic Volume with Zeros (210)


Where:



<dd > two digit day of month

<yy > two digit year number

Custom FHWA Truck Weight (203)


Where:



<dd> two digit day of month

<yy > two digit year number.

Custom FHWA Speed (205) Custom FHWA Speed with Zeros (211)

S<site><mm><dd>.<yy>

Where:





Custom FHWA Station File*


Where:





Custom Heartbeat (209) Standard file naming rules apply

Custom Axle Load Survey (209) Standard file naming rules apply

Custom Hourly Volume Summary (212)

Standard file naming rules apply


IANALYZE PAGE B-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015


Custom ASCII Classification (213)

<yy><mm><dd>CL.<site>.<ext>

Where:



<dd> two digit day of month,


<ext> three character file type extension

Custom ASCII Speed (214) <yy><mm><dd>SP.<site>.<ext>

Where:






Custom ASCII Truck Weight (215)

<yy><mm><dd>TR.<site>.<ext>

Where:






Appendix Table 1 Custom Report Parameters

The output file will be in the format specified either by the filename extension entered here (for standard reports), or the custom report format, regardless of what may be specified in a template used to generate the file.

COMMAND LINE AND TEMPLATE FILES

When using the command line to generate reports from a template file, the following parameters are required:

-p XXX; or

–t FFFF.EEE

If the same –t FFFF.EEE syntax is used for each command line run then files will be overwritten.

A directory path can precede the output file name:

For example, instead of

-t TestA

-t C:\temp\TestA can be used to include the directory location in which the

generated files are to be saved.

Using the File output parameter without a directory path saves the report file into either the iANALYZE\Reports directory or the directory specified in the template. In either case, the directory specified must exist before generating the report(s).


IANALYZE PAGE B-5

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

B.5.1 Template File Command Line Examples

Example 1 Class by Hour Report

Template: tp_cxh.tpt

Report: Class by Hour

Command Line: ianalyze -t testA.pdf –s ts2 –f tp_cxh.tpt

Report Saved As: testA_TS2_Class By Hour.pdf

Example 2 Set of Reports

Template: template1.tpt

Report: a set of reports

Command Line:

ianalyze –p –dc:\data files –s 001 –f template1.tpt

(A path name with spaces must be enclosed in quotation marks.)

Report Sent To: the Default Printer

Interpreted As: All reports are generated from data in site 001 located in the

c:\data files directory and sent to the default printer.

CREATING A BATCH FILE

A batch file with multiple command lines may be created to generate a series of sets of reports. Each command line in the batch file specifies the parameters for a specific set of reports (i.e. different dates, different output file names, different templates).

For each command line in the batch file the –f or –t parameter should be different or some files may be overwritten.

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL APPENDIX C CHART TYPE EXAMPLES

IANALYZE PAGE C-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix C CHART TYPE EXAMPLES

Appendix Figure 1 Side by Side Bar Chart

Appendix Figure 2 Stacked Bar Chart

Appendix Figure 3 3D Riser Chart

Appendix Figure 4 Line Chart

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL APPENDIX C CHART TYPE EXAMPLES

IANALYZE PAGE C-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix Figure 5 Area Chart

Appendix Figure 6 Pie Chart

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL APPENDIX D IANALYZE REPORTS

IANALYZE PAGE D-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix D IANALYZE REPORTS Terminology Recap:

Valid Wt. Vehicle A vehicle for which weight data has been recorded and falls within the specified class weight range (Good Weight Vehicle).

Warn(ing) Vehicle A vehicle for which weight data has been recorded and exceeds the specified class weight range.

Weighed Vehicle A vehicle for which weight data has been recorded.

No-Weight Vehicle A vehicle for which no weight data has been recorded.

Operational Days Days with data @ Noon; Days for which data has been collected over the noon hour (12:00 – 13:00).

AADT Annual Average Daily Traffic.

SUMMARY

Summary reports provide aggregated vehicle data statistics as per the grouped summary group unit, for the specified reporting period.

This section describes reports to be run on an annual basis.

D.1.1 Site Summary

Report Function

Summary Group Unit: WIM Site – All Vehicular Traffic.

This report tabulates:

Number of Vehicles: Vehicle Counts per Classification

By: Weight / Status

for the user specified annual (or portion thereof) reporting period.

Reporting Unit: Weight / Status.

Provides: Aggregate: Count Totals, Percentages, Averages.

Data: Per Vehicle (All Vehicles).

Application: Used in the analysis of aggregate CVO Class statistics.

Notes:

Class 0: Unclassed Vehicles; Typically Passenger Vehicles.

D.1.1.1 Site Summary: Report Detail

Column Definitions

Column Heading Description

Tonnes Applied Weight Measurement Unit; (where applicable.)

Classification Vehicle Class; User Specified Range.

(Col) Total Total Class Count (All Classes) by Weight / Status.


IANALYZE PAGE D-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015


IANALYZE PAGE D-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Row Definitions

Weight Status Row Description

Veh Count Vehicle Count per Class.

% Count Vehicle Count Percentage per Class. (Veh Count/ Total Class Count) * 100

PVR Count Per Vehicle Count per Class.

No Weights No Weight Vehicle Count per Class.

Weighed Weighed Vehicle Count per Class.

Warn Count Warning Vehicle Count per Class.

% Warn Warning Vehicle Count Percentage per Class: (Warn Count/ Total Class Count) * 100.

Valid Wt. Valid Wt. Vehicle Count per Class.

TGW(000)* Total Gross Weight (thousands of tonnes) per Class.

Avg. GVW Average Gross Vehicle Weight per Class.

Total ESAL Total ESAL per Class.

Avg. ESAL Avg. ESAL per Class.

Overweight Overweight Vehicle Count per Class.

% Ovrwt Overweight Percentage per Class: (Overweight/Total Class Count) * 100.

D.1.1.2 Site Summary: Sample Report

Appendix Report 1 Summary: Site Summary


IANALYZE PAGE D-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.1.2 Annual Summary - Weekday By Hour

Report Function

Summary Group Unit: Annual; Weekday.


Number of Vehicles: Vehicle Counts per Weekday

By: Hour


Reporting Unit: Hourly; Over a 24 hour reporting period.

Provides: Aggregate: Count Totals, Averages, Daily Factor, Hourly Factor and Data at Noon.


Application: Used in the analysis of aggregate CVO Weekday statistics.

Notes:

Class 4 and >: Intended preparation for commercial vehicle analysis, FHWA Classes four (4) and above.

Weekly Summary: Reports start on a Monday. Select a Monday start date.

D.1.2.1 Annual Summary - Weekday By Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Hour Hourly; over a 24 hour period.

Weekday Day of Week; Monday through Sunday.

(Col) Total Total Weekly Count (All Weekdays) by Hour.

Average Hour Average Vehicle Counts by Hour/ Operational Days; Rounded to the nearest integer.

Hourly Factor AADT/ Average Hour Non-rounded value; to 4 decimal places.

Row Definitions

Hourly Counts Row Description

Per Hour Hourly Vehicle Counts per Weekday.

(Row) Total(s) Daily Vehicle Count (All Hours) per Weekday.

Grand Total: Total Vehicle Count. (All Weekdays) (All Hours).

(Estimated Overall Site AADT Weekly Daily Average)

AADT: Annual Average Daily Traffic: Grand Total / Operational Days; Rounded to the nearest integer.


IANALYZE PAGE D-5

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015


Average Day Average Vehicle Counts per Day/ Operational Days Rounded to the nearest integer.

Daily Factor AADT/ Average Day Non-rounded value; to 4 decimal places.

Days with data @ Noon

Operational Days: Count of Days, per weekday in which data has been collected over the noon hour (12:00 – 13:00).

D.1.2.2 Annual Summary - Weekday By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 2 Summary: Annual Summary - Weekday By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-6

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.1.3 Annual Summary - Month By Hour

Report Function:

Summary Group Unit: Annual; Monthly.


Number of Vehicles: Vehicle Counts per Month

By: Hour

for the user specified annual reporting period.

Reporting Unit: Hourly; Over a 24 hour reporting period.

Provides: Aggregate: Count Totals, Averages, Daily Factor, Hourly Factor and Data at Noon.


Application: Used in the analysis of aggregate CVO Monthly statistics.

D.1.3.1 Annual Summary - Month By Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Month Monthly; January through December.

Hour Hourly; over a 24 Hour Period.

(Col) Total Total Monthly Count (All Months) by Hour.

Average Hour Average Vehicle Counts per Hour/ All Operational Days; Rounded to the nearest integer.

Hourly Factor AADT/ Average Hour Non-rounded value; to 4 decimal places.

Row Definitions


Per Hour Hourly Vehicle Counts per Month.

(Row) Total(s) Daily Vehicle Count per Month.

Grand Total: Total Vehicle Count. (All Months) (All Hours).

(Estimated Overall Site AADT Weekly Daily Average)

AADT: Annual Average Daily Traffic: Grand Total / Operational Days; Rounded to the nearest integer.

Average Day Average Vehicle Counts per Day/ Operational Days Rounded to the nearest integer.

Monthly Factor AADT/ Average Day Non-rounded value; to 4 decimal places.

Days with data @ Noon

Operational Days: Count of Days, per weekday in which data has been collected over the noon hour (12:00 – 13:00).


IANALYZE PAGE D-7

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.1.3.2 Annual Summary - Month By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 3 Summary: Annual Summary - Month By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-8

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.1.4 (Annual Summary) - Month By Lane

Report Function:

Summary Group Unit: Annual; Monthly.


Number of Vehicles: Vehicle Counts per Month

By: Lane


Reporting Unit: Lane; All Site Lanes.

Provides: Aggregate: Count Totals; Percentages.


Application: Used in the analysis of aggregate CVO Monthly Lane statistics.

D.1.4.1 Month By Lane Report Detail

Column Definitions


Month Monthly; January through December.

Lane Site Lanes; All.

(Col) Total Total Monthly Count (All Months) by Lane.

Percent Total Percentage (All Months) by Lane: (Total Monthly Count / Grand Total) * 100.

Row Definitions

Lane Counts Row Description

Per Lane Vehicle Counts by Lane per Month.

(Row) Total Total Lane Count (All Lanes) per Month.

Grand Total: Total Vehicle Count. (All Lanes) (All Months).

Total Percent: 100%


IANALYZE PAGE D-9

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.1.4.2 Month By Lane: Sample Report

Appendix Report 4 Summary: Month By Lane


IANALYZE PAGE D-10

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

CLASS

Class reports provide vehicle data statistics using Vehicle Classification as the primary unit of analysis.

D.2.1 Class By Hour

Report Function


Number of Vehicles: Vehicle Count Per Class

By: Hour

for the user specified date (one day).

Reporting Interval: Hourly; over a 24 hour period.

Provides: Aggregate: Sub-count Totals, Count Totals, Percentages.


Application: Used in the statistical analysis of Daily CVO Classification data.

D.2.1.1 Class By Hour: Report Detail:

Column Definitions


Hour One Hour intervals over a 24 Hour Period.

Classification Vehicle Class Range; User Specified.

(Col) Total Total Class Counts (All Classes) by Hour.

Row Definitions


Per Hour Hourly Vehicle Count per Class.

(Subtotal) Quarterly Subtotal: Vehicle Count every six (6) Hours per Class. Grand Subtotal: Quarterly Vehicle Counts (All Classes).

(Row) Total Daily (24 Hours) Vehicle Count per Class. Grand Total: Total Vehicle Count (All Hours) (All Classes).

Percent Total Daily Vehicle Count Percentage per Class: (Total /Grand Total) * 100


IANALYZE PAGE D-11

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.2.1.2 Class By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 5 Class: Class By Hour

5.5

5.6


IANALYZE PAGE D-12

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.2.2 Class By Day Of Month

Report Function


Number of Vehicles: Vehicle Count Per Class

By: Day of Month

for the user specified monthly reporting period.

Reporting Interval: Daily; over the given Month.

Provides: Aggregate: Count Totals, Percentages, Daily and Weekly Averages.


Application: Used in the statistical analysis of Monthly CVO Classification data.

Notes:

Monthly Reports: Reports start on the first of the month.

Data Range: Start Date: First day of the month.

End Date: Last day of the month.

Weekly Average: Excludes days for which data has not been collected.

D.2.2.1 Class By Day Of Month: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Day Day of the week in weekly intervals for a given month.


(Col) Total Total Class Counts (All Classes) by Day of the Month.

Row Definitions

Daily Counts Row Description

Per Day/Weekday Daily Vehicle Counts per Class.

Weekly Avg. Sum(Daily Vehicle Count)/ 7 [days (or portion thereof)], per Class.

Total Weekly Avg.: Weekly Avg. (All Classes).

(Row Total) Monthly Class Count: Total vehicle counts per Class.

Grand Total: Total Vehicle Count (All Days) (All Classes).

Percent Vehicle Count Percentage per Class: (Monthly Class Count /Grand Total) * 100

Daily Avg. Daily Averages for the Month per Class: Monthly Class Count/Number of Month Days.

Total Daily Average (All Classes) for the Month: Grand Total/Number of Month Days.


IANALYZE PAGE D-13

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.2.2.2 Class By Day Of Month: Sample Report

Appendix Report 6 Class: Class By Day Of Month

5.85.83

5.83


IANALYZE PAGE D-14

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.2.3 Class By Speed

Report Function


Number of Vehicles: Vehicle Count per Class

By: Speed Range

for the user specified reporting period.

Reporting Unit: Speed Range (kph).

Provides: Aggregate: Count Totals.

Data: Per Vehicle (All Non-Error Vehicles).

Application: Used in the analysis of CVO Class/Speed statistics.

D.2.3.1 Class By Speed: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Speed Speed Range Intervals.


(Col) Total Total Class Counts (All Classes) by Speed Range.

Row Definitions

Speed (kph) Row Description

Per Speed Range Vehicle Counts per Class.

(Row) Total Total Vehicle Count (All Speeds) per Class. Grand Total: Total Vehicle Count (All Speeds) (All Classes).


IANALYZE PAGE D-15

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.2.3.2 Class By Speed: Sample Report

Appendix Report 7 Class: Class By Speed


IANALYZE PAGE D-16

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.2.4 Truck Count Class By Day Of Month

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Daily Vehicle (Truck) Count data by Class*.

*For each class (4 and above):

number of vehicles weighed; and the

percentage of overweight vehicles.

Reporting Interval: Daily; for a one month period.

Includes: Total, Subtotal and Percentage calculations.


D.2.4.1 Truck Count Class By Day Of Month: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Classification Vehicle Class; 4-13 (Default).

Day Day of Month; Weekday.

Total (Col) Total Daily Vehicle Counts (All Classes).

Subtotal Weekly Vehicle Counts (All Classes).

Grand Total: Total Monthly Vehicle Count (All Days).

Weighed Daily Weighed Vehicle Counts (All Classes).

Subtotal Weekly Weighed Vehicle Counts (All Classes).

Grand Total: Total Monthly Weighed Vehicle Counts (All Days).

Overwt Daily Overwt Vehicle Counts (All Classes).

Weekly Overwt Vehicle Counts (All Classes).

Grand Total: Total Monthly Overwt Vehicle Counts (All Days).

Row Definitions

Row Counts Row Description

Day; Weekday Daily Vehicle Counts per Class Beginning on the first day of the month.

Weekly Tot Weekly Vehicle Count per Class; Every seven (7) days or portion thereof.

Total (Row) Total Monthly Vehicle Counts per Class


IANALYZE PAGE D-17

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.2.4.2 Truck Count Class By Day Of Month: Sample Report

Appendix Report 8 Class: Truck Count Class By Day of Month


IANALYZE PAGE D-18

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.2.5 Weekday By Class

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Vehicle Count data per Class by Weekday for a seven day period.

Reporting Unit: Class.

Includes: Total calculations.


D.2.5.1 Weekday By Class: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Day of Week Day of Week; Sunday through Saturday

Class Vehicle Class; User Specified

Total (Col) Total Daily Vehicle Count per Class (All Days)

Grand Total: Total Weekly Vehicle Count (All Classes)

Row Definitions


Class Vehicle Counts per Weekday by Class.

Total (Row) Total Weekday (Daily) Vehicle Counts (All Classes).

D.2.5.2 Weekday By Class: Sample Report

Appendix Report 9 Class: Weekday By Class


IANALYZE PAGE D-19

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

LANE

Volume reports provide vehicle data statistics using Lane identification as the primary unit of analysis.

D.3.1 Lane by Hour

Report Function


Number of Vehicles: Vehicle Count Per Lane

By: Hour

for the user specified date.


Provides: Aggregate: Sub-count Totals, Count Totals.


Application: Used in the statistical analysis of Daily CVO Lane data.

D.3.1.1 Lane by Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions



Lane Vehicle Lane Range; User Specified.

Total Total Vehicle Counts (All Lanes) per Hour.

Row Definitions

Hour Row Description

Per Hour Hourly Vehicle Count per Lane.

(Subtotal) Vehicle Count every six (6) hours per Lane. Grand Subtotal: Quarterly Vehicle Counts (All Lanes).

(Row) Total Daily (24 Hours) Vehicle Count per Lane. Grand Total: Total Vehicle Count (All Lanes) (All Classes).

Percent Total Daily Vehicle Count Percentage per Lane: (Total /Grand Total) * 100


IANALYZE PAGE D-20

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.3.1.2 Lane By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 10 Lane: Lane By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-21

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.3.2 Lane By Class

Report Function

The main report tabulates:

Number of Vehicles: Lane Vehicle Count and Lane Vehicle Count Percentage

By: Class



Provides: Aggregate: Count Totals, Percentages.


The summary report tabulates:

For each Lane Status Clear Vehicles with no WIM status conditions.

Violating Overweight and/or Over GVW vehicles.

Warning Good Weight vehicles with a WIM Status condition.

Application: Used in the analysis of CVO Lane Class statistics.

Notes:

Summary Report Displayed with Per Vehicle Data filter selection only.

D.3.2.1 Lane By Class: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Class Vehicle Class.

Lane Count Lane Vehicle Count per Class.

Lane % Lane Vehicle Count Percentage per Class: (Lane Count/ Total Lane Vehicle Count) * 100

Count Total (All Lanes) Vehicle Count per Class.

% Total (All Lanes) Vehicle Count Percentage per Class: (Count/Total Count Vehicle Count) * 100

Row Definitions

Class Row Description

Per Class Lane Vehicle Count; Lane Vehicle Count Percentage.

(Row) Total(s) Total Lane Vehicle Count;

Total Lane Vehicle Count %: (Total Lane Vehicle Count / Total Count Vehicle Count) * 100;

Total Count Vehicle Count (All Classes) (All Lanes);

Total %: 100%


IANALYZE PAGE D-22

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Summary Report Detail

Column Definitions


Status Vehicle Status State.

Lane Count Lane Vehicle Count per Status.

Lane % Lane Vehicle Count Percentage per Status: (Lane Count/ Total Lane Vehicle Count) * 100

Count Total (All Lanes) Vehicle Count per Status.

% Total (All Lanes) Vehicle Count Percentage per Status: (Count/Total Count Vehicle Count) * 100.

Row Definitions

Status Row Description

Per Status State Lane Vehicle Count; Lane Vehicle Count Percentage.



Total Count Vehicle Count (All Statuses) (All Lanes); Total %: 100%.


IANALYZE PAGE D-23

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.3.2.2 Lane By Class: Sample Report

Appendix Report 11 Class: Lane By Class


IANALYZE PAGE D-24

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.3.3 Lane By Class and Speed

Report Function

The Lane by Class sub-report tabulates:


By: Class





The Lane By Speed sub-report tabulates:


By: Speed


Reporting Unit: Speed.



Application: Used in the analysis of CVO Lane Class/Speed statistics.

D.3.3.1 Lane By Class and Speed: Report Detail

By Class

Column Definitions


Class Vehicle Class.

Lane Count Lane Vehicle Count per Class.

Lane % Lane Vehicle Count Percentage per Class: (Lane Count/ Total Lane Vehicle Count) * 100.

Count Total (All Lanes) Vehicle Count per Class.

% Total (All Lanes) Vehicle Count Percentage per Class: (Count/Total Count Vehicle Count) * 100.

Row Definitions





Total Count Vehicle Count (All Classes) (All Lanes);

Total %: 100%


IANALYZE PAGE D-25

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

By Speed

Column Definitions


Speed (mph) Speed Interval Ranges.

Lane Count Lane Vehicle Count per Speed Range.

Lane % Lane Vehicle Count Percentage per Speed Range: (Lane Count/ Total Lane Vehicle Count) * 100

Count Total (All Lanes) Vehicle Count per Speed Range.

% Total (All Lanes) Vehicle Count Percentage per Speed Range: (Count/Total Count Vehicle Count) * 100

Row Definitions





Total Count Vehicle Count (All Speed Ranges) (All Lanes);

Total %: 100%

D.3.3.2 Lane By Class and Speed: Sample Report

Appendix Report 12 Class: Lane By Class and Speed


IANALYZE PAGE D-26

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.3.4 Weekday By Lane

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Weekly Vehicle Count data by Lane.

Reporting Unit: Site Lane.

Includes: Total and Percentage calculations.

Data: Per Vehicle (All Vehicles)

D.3.4.1 Weekday By Lane: Report Detail

Column Definitions



Lane Site Lanes; 1-8 (Default) User Specified

Total (Col) Total Daily Vehicle Count per Lane (All Days)

Grand Total: Total Weekly Vehicle Count (All Lanes)

Percent Total Vehicle Count Percentage per Lane (All Days) (Total (Row)/Grand Total) * 100

Row Definitions


Class Vehicle Counts per Lane by Weekday

Total (Row) Total Weekday (Daily) Vehicle Counts (All Lanes)

D.3.4.2 Weekday By Lane: Sample Report

Appendix Report 13 Volume: Weekday By Lane


IANALYZE PAGE D-27

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

VOLUME

Volume Summary reports provide aggregated vehicle data statistics as per the grouped summary group unit, for the specified reporting period.

D.4.1 Weekly Summary - Weekday (Workday) By Hour

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Daily Vehicle Count data per Week by Hour providing both Workday and Weekday Averages.

Reporting Unit: Hourly; over 24 hours, for the specified week (Monday Start).

Includes: Total, Average and Percentage calculations.


D.4.1.1 Weekly Summary - Weekday (Workday) by Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Day of Week Day of Week; Monday through Sunday

Hour Hour; over a 24 Hour Period

Work Day Average Average Vehicle Counts per Hour (Mon - Fri); Total Hourly Vehicle Count per Workweek/5

Week Day Average Average Vehicle Counts per Hour (All Days) Total (Col)/7

Total (Col) Total Hourly Vehicle Counts (All Days)

Grand Total: Total Weekly Vehicle Count (All Hours)

Row Definitions


Per Hour Hourly Vehicle Counts per Day

Total (Row) Total Weekday Vehicle Count (All Hours);

Workweek (5-Day) Daily Average (All Hours) Vehicle Count;

AADT - Weekly (7-Day) Daily Average (All Hours)

% Average Workday Workweek Daily Average Vehicle Count Percentage (Total (Row)/Workweek Daily Average) * 100

% Average Weekday Weekly Daily Average Vehicle Count Percentage (Total (Row)/Weekly Daily Average) * 100

Additional Report Data:

Overall Site Estimated AADT: Annual Average Daily Traffic (AADT).

Displays Weekly Daily Average (See Row Definitions, above).


IANALYZE PAGE D-28

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.4.1.2 Weekly Summary - Weekday (Workday) By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 14 Volume: Weekly Summary - Weekday By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-29

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

PEAKS

Peak reports provide vehicle data statistics using Peak Traffic Volume by Time as the primary unit of analysis.

D.5.1 Class By Peaks - On Hour

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report determines Peak (highest traffic volume) AM/PM times for each class and tabulates Hourly Vehicle Count data associated with each time.

Reporting Interval: Hourly; over a 24 hour period, for the specified date.


Complimentary Report: Class By Hour.


D.5.1.1 Class By Peaks - On Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Classification Vehicle Class; 1-13 (Default) or User Specified.

All Peak Hour AM/PM with the highest traffic volume (All Classes).

Peak Hour AM/PM Vehicle Counts (All Classes).

Row Definitions


AM Time AM Peak Hour per Class.

AM Peak Value AM Peak Hour Vehicle Count per Class.

PM Peak Time PM Peak Hour per Class.

PM Peak Value PM Peak Hour Vehicle Count per Class.

Additional Report Detail:

Overall Site Estimated AADT(Annual Average Daily Traffic)

AADT (all classes); *estimated from current report data.

Estimated AADT for Single Units

AADT for Single Unit Commercial Vehicles; Classes 4 through 7

Percent of Peak Hour Single Units

Peak Hour Vehicle Count Percentage for Single Units.

Estimated AADT for Combinations

AADT for Combination Commercial Vehicles; Classes 8 through 13.

Percent of Peak Hour Combinations

Peak Hour Vehicle Count Percentage for Combination Vehicles.


IANALYZE PAGE D-30

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.5.1.2 Class By Peaks - On Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 15 Peaks: Class By Peaks - On Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-31

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.5.2 Class By Peaks - Quarter Hour

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report determines Peak (highest traffic volume) AM/PM times on the Quarter hour for each class and tabulates Hourly Vehicle Count data associated with each time.

Reporting Interval: Hourly, On-the-Quarter Hour; over a 24 hour period, for the specified date.

Includes: Vehicle count calculations.

Complimentary Report: Class By Hour.


D.5.2.1 Class By Peaks - Quarter Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions



All Peak Hour (on the quarter hour) AM/PM with the highest traffic volume (All Classes).

Peak Hour (on the quarter hour) AM/PM Vehicle Counts (All Classes).

Row Definitions


AM Time AM (on the quarter hour) Peak Hour per Class.

AM Peak Value AM (on the quarter hour) Peak Hour Vehicle Count per Class.

PM Peak Time PM (on the quarter hour) Peak Hour per Class.

PM Peak Value PM (on the quarter hour) Peak Hour Vehicle Count per Class.

Additional Report Detail:

Overall Site Estimated AADT(Annual Average Daily Traffic)

AADT (all classes); *estimated from current report data.

Estimated AADT for Single Units

AADT for Single Unit Commercial Vehicles; Classes 4 through 7

Percent of Peak Hour Single Units

Peak Hour Vehicle Count Percentage for Single Units.

Estimated AADT for Combinations

AADT for Combination Commercial Vehicles; Classes 8 through 13.

Percent of Peak Hour Combinations

Peak Hour Vehicle Count Percentage for Combination Vehicles.


IANALYZE PAGE D-32

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.5.2.2 Class By Peaks - Quarter Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 16 Peaks: Class By Peaks - Quarter Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-33

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.5.3 Lane By Peaks - On Hour

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report determines Peak (highest traffic volume) AM/PM times for each Lane and tabulates Hourly Vehicle Count data associated with each time.


Includes: Vehicle Count calculations.

Complimentary Report: Lane By Hour.


D.5.3.1 Lane By Peaks - On Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Classification Vehicle Lane; Site Determined or User Specified.

All Peak Hour AM/PM with the highest traffic volume (All Lanes).

Peak Hour AM/PM Vehicle Counts (All Lanes).

Row Definitions


AM Time AM Peak Hour per Lane.

AM Peak Value AM Peak Hour Vehicle Count per Lane.

PM Peak Time PM Peak Hour per Lane.

PM Peak Value PM Peak Hour Vehicle Count per Lane.

D.5.3.2 Lane By Peaks - On Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 17 Peaks: Lane By Peaks - On Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-34

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.5.4 Lane By Peaks - Quarter Hours

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report determines Peak (highest traffic volume) AM/PM times on the Quarter hour for each Lane and tabulates associated Hourly Vehicle Count data.

Reporting Interval: Hourly, On-the-Quarter Hour; over a 24 hour period, for the specified date.


Complimentary Report: Lane By Hour.


D.5.4.1 Lane By Peaks - Quarter Hours: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Classification Lane; Site Determined or User Specified.

All Peak Hour (on the ¼ hour) AM/PM with the highest traffic volume (All Lanes).

Peak Hour (on the ¼ hour) AM/PM Vehicle Counts (All Lanes).

Row Definitions


AM Time AM (on the quarter hour) Peak Hour per Lane.

AM Peak Value AM (on the quarter hour) Peak Hour Vehicle Count per Lane.

PM Peak Time PM (on the quarter hour) Peak Hour per Lane.

PM Peak Value PM (on the quarter hour) Peak Hour Vehicle Count per Lane.

D.5.4.2 Lane By Peaks - Quarter Hours: Sample Report

Appendix Report 18 Peaks: Lane By Peaks - Quarter Hours


IANALYZE PAGE D-35

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.5.5 Top 100 Peak Hours - On Hour

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates the top 100 Peak (highest traffic volume) AM/PM dates, times and associated vehicle counts for the specified reporting period.

Reporting Interval: Peaks; 100 in Descending order 1- Highest Traffic Volume Peak, 100-Lowest.

Includes: Total vehicle count calculations.


D.5.5.1 Top 100 Peak Hours - On Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Date Date associated with Peak Hour.

Hour Peak Hour.

Total Total Vehicle Count tabulated for Peak Hour.

Row Definitions


Per Peak List Number Peak Date, Hour and Vehicle Count


IANALYZE PAGE D-36

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.5.5.2 Top 100 Peak Hours - On Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 19 Peaks: Top 100 Peak Hours - On Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-37

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.5.6 Top 100 Peak Hours - Quarter Hours

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates the top 100 Peak (highest traffic volume) on-the-quarter-hour AM/PM dates, times and associated vehicle counts for the specified reporting period.

Reporting Interval: Peaks; 100 in Descending order 1- Highest Traffic Volume Peak, 100-Lowest.

Includes: Total vehicle count calculations.


D.5.6.1 Top 100 Peak Hours - Quarter Hours: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Date Date associated with Peak Hour.

Hour Peak Hour; on the quarter hour.

Total Total Vehicle Count tabulated for Peak Hour.

Row Definitions


Per Peak List Number Peak Date, Hour and Vehicle Count.


IANALYZE PAGE D-38

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.5.6.2 Top 100 Peak Hours - Quarter Hours: Sample Report

Appendix Report 20 Peaks: Top 100 Peak Hours - Quarter Hours


IANALYZE PAGE D-39

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.5.7 Weekly Summary - Weekday By Peaks

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report determines Peak (highest traffic volume) AM/PM times and Vehicle Count data associated with each time over the specified Week providing both Workday and Weekday Averages.

Reporting Unit: Daily, for the specified week (Monday Start).

Includes: Total and Average calculations.

Complimentary Report: Weekly Summary - Weekday By Hour


D.5.7.1 Weekly Summary - Weekday By Peaks: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Day of Week Day of Week; Monday through Sunday.

Work Day Average Median Peak Hour for the Workweek. Average Vehicle Counts per Peak Hours (Mon - Fri); Total Hourly Peak Vehicle Counts per Workweek/5

Week Day Average Median Peak Hour (All Week Days). Average Vehicle Counts per Peak Hour (All Week Days); Total (Col)/7

Total (Col) Median Peak Hour (All Week Days).

Total peak Hour Vehicle Counts (All Week Days).

Row Definitions


AM Time AM Peak Hour per Day.

AM Peak Value AM Peak Hour Vehicle Count per Day.

PM Peak Time PM Peak Hour per Day.

PM Peak Value PM Peak Hour Vehicle Count per Day.

K-Factor Percentage daily Peak Hour Vehicle Count over the Overall Site Estimated AADT.


IANALYZE PAGE D-40

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.5.7.2 Weekly Summary - Weekday By Peaks: Sample Report

Appendix Report 21 Peaks: Weekly Summary - Weekday By Peaks


IANALYZE PAGE D-41

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

SPEED Speed reports provide vehicle data statistics using Speed Intervals (ranges) as the primary unit of analysis.

D.6.1 Speed By Hour

Report Function


Number of Vehicles: Vehicle Count Per Speed Range

By: Hour



Provides: Aggregate: Sub-count Totals, Count Totals, Percentages.


Application: Used in the statistical analysis of Daily CVO Speed data.


For each summary Speed Range Veh Count, % Count

For the Report

Average Speed Average speed calculated over all vehicle speeds.

Median Speed Midpoint speed in a list of ascending list of vehicle speeds.

15th Percentile Vehicle speed at 15th percentile in an ascending list of speeds.

85th Percentile Vehicle speed at 85th percentile in an ascending list of speeds.

Pace Speed Interval 10 Unit (kph/mph) Speed Range with the highest vehicle count, and highest percentage of total vehicles in the range.

D.6.1.1 Speed By Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions



Speed (Kph) Vehicle Speed Ranges; User Specified.

Total Total Vehicle Counts (All speed Ranges) per Hour.

Row Definitions


Per Hour Hourly Vehicle Count per Speed Range.

(Subtotal) Vehicle Count every six (6) hours per Speed Range. Grand Subtotal: Quarterly Vehicle Counts (All Speed Ranges).

(Row) Total Daily (24 Hours) Vehicle Count per Speed Range. Grand Total: Total Vehicle Count (All Speed Ranges) (All Classes).

Percent Total Daily Vehicle Count Percentage per Speed Range: (Total /Grand Total) * 100


IANALYZE PAGE D-42

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Summary Report Detail:

Summary Column Definitions


Speed kph >= Speed Interval Category.

>=0 Total Vehicle Count.

Summary Row Definitions


Veh Count Vehicle Counts per Speed Category.

% Count Vehicle Count Percentage per Speed Category: (Veh Count/Total Vehicle Count) * 100.


IANALYZE PAGE D-43

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.6.1.2 Speed By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 22 Speed: Speed By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-44

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.6.2 Average Speed By Hour

Report Function:

Average Speed: This report displays Average Hourly Speeds.


Includes: Average calculations.


D.6.2.1 Average Speed By Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Average Speed Average Speed


Row Definitions


Per Hour Average Speed per Hour

D.6.2.2 Average Speed By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 23 Speed: Average Speed By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-45

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.6.3 Weekday By Speed

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Weekly Vehicle Count data by Speed Interval.

Reporting Unit: Speed Interval.



D.6.3.1 Weekday By Speed: Report Detail

Column Definitions



Speed Speed Intervals; User Specified

Total (Col) Total Vehicle Count per Speed Interval (All Days)

Grand Total: Total Weekly Vehicle Count (All Speed Intervals)

Row Definitions


Kph/Mph Vehicle Counts per Speed Interval by Weekday

Total (Row) Total Daily Vehicle Count (All Speed Intervals)

D.6.3.2 Weekday By Speed: Sample Report

Appendix Report 24 Speed: Weekday By Speed


IANALYZE PAGE D-46

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

LENGTH

Length reports provide vehicle data statistics using Vehicle Length Ranges as the primary unit of analysis.

D.7.1 Length By Hour

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Hourly Vehicle Count data by vehicle Length Range (User Specified Intervals).


Includes: Total and Subtotal calculations.

Data: Per Vehicle (All Non-Error Vehicles)

D.7.1.1 Length By Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Length (ft) Vehicle Length Interval Range; (User Specified)


Row Definitions


Per Hour Hourly Vehicle Count per Length Interval

Quarterly Subtotal Vehicle Count every six (6) Hours per vehicle Length Interval

Total (Row) Total Daily (24 hr.) Vehicle Count per vehicle Length Interval


IANALYZE PAGE D-47

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.7.1.2 Length By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 25 Length: Length By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-48

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.7.2 Weekday By Length

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Weekly Vehicle Count data by Length Range.

Reporting Unit: Length Range.



D.7.2.1 Weekday By Length: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Day of Week Day of Week; Sunday through Saturday.

Length Range Length Ranges; User Specified.

Total Total Vehicle Count per Length Range (All Days).

Grand Total: Total Weekly Vehicle Count (All Length Ranges).

Row Definitions


Ft/Meter Vehicle Counts per Length Range by Weekday.

Total Total Daily Vehicle Counts (All Length Ranges).

D.7.2.2 Weekday By Length: Sample Report

Appendix Report 26 Length: Weekday By Length


IANALYZE PAGE D-49

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

ERROR / STATUS

Error/Status reports provide vehicle data statistics using Error/Status Types and/or conditions as the primary unit of analysis.

Notes

Include the Error class (usually class 0 in FHWA scheme) for reports.

TCC type counters: record both binned and per vehicle counts for each specific error type; all other counters record only the Bin Total error count and record per vehicle counts for specific error types.

TCC site: display the greater of the two counts (binned or per vehicle) for each specific error type.

D.8.1 Lane By Error

Report Function



By: Error Type


Reporting Unit: Error Condition.


Data: Per Vehicle (All Vehicles); No Binned data.

Application: Used in the statistical analysis of CVO Error states and types.

D.8.1.1 Lane By Error: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Error Error Type.

Lane Count Lane Vehicle Count per Error type.

Lane % Lane Vehicle Count Percentage per Error type: (Lane Count/ Total Lane Vehicle Count) * 100

Count Total (All Lanes) Vehicle Count per Error condition.

% Total (All Lanes) Vehicle Count Percentage per Error type: (Count/Total Count Vehicle Count) * 100


IANALYZE PAGE D-50

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Row Definitions

Error Row Description

None Lane Vehicle Count; Lane Vehicle Count Percentage Per Non-Error vehicles.

Per Error Type Lane Vehicle Count; Lane Vehicle Count Percentage


Total Lane Error Count %: (Total Lane Vehicle Count - None Lane Count/ Total Lane Vehicle Count) * 100;

Total Count Vehicle Count (All Error/Statuses) (All Lanes);

Total %: 100%

D.8.1.2 Lane By Error: Sample Report

Appendix Report 27 Error/Status: Lane By Error


IANALYZE PAGE D-51

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.2 Lane By Status

Report Function



By: Status State


Reporting Unit: Status State.

Provides: Count Totals, Percentages.

Data: Per Vehicle (All Non-Error Vehicles); No Binned data.

Application: Used in the statistical analysis of CVO Status states and conditions.

Notes: Ensure that the Error Class (usually class 0 in FHWA scheme) is included.

A vehicle can have more than one Status state.

D.8.2.1 Lane By Status: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Status Status State.

Lane Count Lane Vehicle Count per Status state.

Lane % Lane Vehicle Count Percentage per Status state: (Lane Count/ Total Lane Vehicle Count) * 100

Veh Count Total (All Lanes) Vehicle Count per Status state.

% Veh Count Total (All Lanes) Vehicle Count Percentage per Status state: (Veh Count/Total Count Vehicle Count) * 100

Row Definitions

Status Row Description

None Lane Vehicle Count; Lane Vehicle Count Percentage Per Non-Error vehicles.

Per Status Type Lane Vehicle Count; Lane Vehicle Count Percentage.


IANALYZE PAGE D-52

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.2.2 Lane By Status: Sample Report

Appendix Report 28 Error/Status: Lane By Status


IANALYZE PAGE D-53

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.3 Error By Hour

Report Function


Number of Vehicles: Vehicle Count Per Error Type

By: Hour





Application: Used in the statistical analysis of Daily CVO Error types.


Select Data Choose a single data file for this report.

Binned Data Sites with no Binned data will display 0’s.

To exclude BIN Total from the report display:

Set Data Filters | Traffic Data to Per Vehicle Data.

D.8.3.1 Error By Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Hour One Hour Intervals over a 24 Hours period.

BIN Total Binned Vehicle Count per Hour.

PV Total Per Vehicle Count per Hour.

None Non-Error Vehicle Count per Hour.

Per Error Type Vehicle Count by Error Type per Hour.

Row Definitions


Per Hour Hourly Vehicle Count per Error Type.

(Daily Quarterly Subtotals) Vehicle Counts every six (6) hours per Error Type.

(Daily) Total(s) Daily Binned Vehicle Count.

Daily PV Total Count.

Daily Non-Error Vehicle Count.

Daily Vehicle Counts per Error Type.


IANALYZE PAGE D-54

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.3.2 Error By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 29 Error/Status: Error By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-55

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.4 Status By Hour

Report Function


Number of Vehicles: Vehicle Count Per Status State

By: Hour





Application: Used in the statistical analysis of Daily CVO Status states and conditions.


A vehicle can have more than one Status state.

Select Data Choose a single data file for this report.

Binned Data Status counts are based only on per vehicle data (no binned status counts are taken).

To exclude BIN Total from the report display:

Set Data Filters | Traffic Data to Per Vehicle Data.

D.8.4.1 Status By Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Hour One Hour Intervals over 24 Hours.

PV Total Per Vehicle Count per Hour.

None Non-Status Vehicle Count per Hour.

Per Status state Vehicle Count by Status state per Hour.

Row Definitions


Per Hour Hourly Vehicle Count per Status State.

Quarterly Subtotal Vehicle Count every six (6) hours per Status state.

(Daily) Total(s) Daily PV Total Count.

Daily Non-Error Vehicle Count.

Daily Vehicle Counts per Status state.


IANALYZE PAGE D-56

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.4.2 Status By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 30 Error/Status: Status By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-57

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.5 Error By Weekday

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Vehicle Error Count and Percentage data by Weekday for the reporting period.

Reporting Interval: Daily; for the specified weekly date range.



D.8.5.1 Error By Weekday: Report Detail

BIN Total Sites with no Binned data will display 0’s in this column.

To remove the column from the report display, set Data Filters Traffic Data to Per Vehicle Data only.

Column Definitions


Week Day Weekday; Sunday through Saturday.

BIN Total Total Hourly Binned Vehicle Count (Typically passenger vehicles).

PV Total Total Hourly Per Vehicle Count.

None Hourly Count of Non-Error Vehicles

Error Type Hourly Count of Error Vehicles per Error Type.

Row Definitions


Per Error Error Vehicle Counts per Weekday by Error Type.

Total (Row) Total Weekday (Daily) Vehicle Counts (All Errors).


IANALYZE PAGE D-58

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.5.2 Error By Weekday: Sample Report

Appendix Report 31 Error/Status: Error By Weekday


IANALYZE PAGE D-59

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.6 Status By Weekday

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Vehicle Warning Count and Percentage data by Weekday for the reporting period.

Reporting Interval: Daily; for the specified weekly date range.


Complimentary Report:


D.8.6.1 Status By Weekday: Report Detail

BIN Total *Sites with no Binned data will display 0’s in this column. To remove the column from the report display, set Data Filters Traffic Data to Per Vehicle Data only.

PV Total Total Per Vehicle Count for the day.

None Count of Status Clear vehicles

Warnings Vehicle Count for each Warning Status Type.

With iSINC data, a vehicle may have more than 1 status flag set.

Column Definitions


Hour Hour; over a 24 Hour Period.

BIN Total Total Hourly Binned Vehicle Count (typically passenger vehicles).

PV Total Total Hourly Per Vehicle Count.

None Hourly Count of Status Clear Vehicles (No Warnings).

Warning Status Hourly Count of Warning Status Vehicles per Warning Status.

Row Definitions


Per Warning Warning Status Vehicle Counts per Weekday by Warning Status.

Total (Row) Total Weekday (Daily) Vehicle Counts (All Warnings).


IANALYZE PAGE D-60

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.6.2 Status By Weekday: Sample Report

Appendix Report 32 Error/Status: Status By Weekday


IANALYZE PAGE D-61

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.7 Status Percent By Hour

Report Function:

Percentage of Vehicles: This report tabulates Hourly Vehicle Count Percentages by Warning Status.


Includes: Percentage calculations.


D.8.7.1 Status Percent By Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Classification Warning Status Interval Unit Hour

Total Row Total: Hourly Group Row Total: Every six (6) Hours Grand Total: Daily Total (All Vehicles)

Row Definitions


Per Hour Hourly Vehicle Count Percentage per Warning Status Quarterly Subtotal Subtotal Vehicle Status Count Percentage every six (6) hours Total Total Daily Vehicle Count Percentage per Status Type Percent Total Daily Percentage per Status of Grand Total (All Vehicles).

D.8.7.2 Status Percent By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 33 Error/Status: Status Percent By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-62

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.8 Status Percent By Weekday

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Daily Warning Status Vehicle Count Percentages for a specified week.

Reporting Interval: Daily; for the specified date range.




D.8.8.1 Status Percent By Weekday: Report Detail


IANALYZE PAGE D-63

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.8.2 Status Percent By Weekday: Sample Report

Appendix Report 34 Error/Status: Status Percent By Weekday


IANALYZE PAGE D-64

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.9 Error Percent By Hour

Report Function:

Percentage of Vehicles: This report tabulates Hourly Vehicle Count Percentages by Error condition.




D.8.9.1 Error Percent By Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions



BIN Total* Total Hourly Binned Vehicle Count (typically passenger vehicles).

PV Total Total Hourly Per Vehicle Count Percentage.

None Hourly Percentage of Non-Error vehicle Count.

Error Type Hourly Percentage of Error vehicle Count per Error Type.

Row Definitions


Per Hour Hourly Vehicle Count Percentage per Error Type

Total (Row) Total Binned Vehicle Count Percentages (All Hours).

Total Per Vehicle Count Percentage (All Hours).

Total Daily (24 hr.) Vehicle Count Percentages per Error Type.


IANALYZE PAGE D-65

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.9.2 Error Percent By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 35 Error/Status: Error Percent By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-66

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.10 Error Percent By Weekday

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates daily Error Vehicle Count percentages for a specified week.

Reporting Interval: Daily; for the specified week date range.



D.8.10.1 Error Percent By Weekday: Report Detail


IANALYZE PAGE D-67

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.10.2 Error Percent By Weekday: Sample Report

Appendix Report 36 Error/Status: Error Percent By Weekday


IANALYZE PAGE D-68

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.11 Lane By Sensor Errors & Statuses

Report Function



By: Sensor Error and Status Type


Reporting Unit: Sensor Error and Status Type.


Data: Per Vehicle (All Vehicles); No Binned data.

Application: Used in the determination of potential data collections sensor issues.

Note: Ensure that the Error Class (usually class 0 in FHWA scheme) is included.

D.8.11.1 Lane By Sensor Errors & Statuses: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Error/Status Sensor Error/Status Type.

Lane Count Lane Vehicle Count per Error/Status Types.

Lane % Lane Vehicle Count Percentage per Error/Status. (Lane Count/ Total Lane Vehicle Count) * 100

Count Total (All Lanes) Vehicle Count per Error/Status Type.

% Total (All Lanes) Vehicle Count Percentage per Error/Status: (Count/Total Count Vehicle Count) * 100

Row Definitions

Error/Status Row Description

Legal Lane Vehicle Count; Lane Vehicle Count Percentage Per Non-Error vehicles.

Per Error/Status Type Lane Vehicle Count; Lane Vehicle Count Percentage


Total Lane Error/Status Count %: (Total Lane Vehicle Count - Legal Lane Count/ Total Lane Vehicle Count) * 100;

Total Count Vehicle Count (All Error/Statuses) (All Lanes);

Total %: 100%


IANALYZE PAGE D-69

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.8.11.2 Lane By Sensor Errors & Statuses: Sample Report

Appendix Report 37 Error/Status: Lane By Sensor Errors & Statuses


IANALYZE PAGE D-70

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

FHWA

FHWA reports provide data in the formats required by the Federal Highway Administration Traffic Monitoring Guide report submission protocol.

For an explanation of the most current formats refer to Chapter 7 of the FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide, 2013 edition: http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ohim/tmguide/index.htm.

These files may also be used as input for programs that can generate additional statistical analysis of the data.

D.9.1 FHWA TMG 2001 Reports

For an explanation of these formats refer to Chapter 6 of the FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide, 2001 Edition: http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ohim/tmguide/index.htm.

Data records for motorized data are divided into four (4) types:

1. Station Description 2. Traffic Volume 3. Vehicle Classification 4. Truck Weight Data

D.9.1.1 Purpose

The purpose of FHWA TMG reports is to provide legacy input to national databases maintained by FHWA, including the Travel Monitoring Analysis System (TMAS).

D.9.1.2 TMG 2001 Report Format Rules and Conventions

Report Data

All reports use Both summary (binned) data and per vehicle data.

Data Measurement Unit: Metric

TMG reports are always specified in Metric units.

Record Length

Each record format has a specific length.

In order to submit a record format that is smaller or larger than the specified

length, it is necessary to submit a CSV file with a pipe character | between each

field in the record.

Common Field Item to All Records

Station Identification Six (6) character; allows States to use a common identification system for all traffic monitoring stations.

Field Data

There are no decimals or commas used in any fields.

Field Length

When a field value does not consume all allocated columns for that field, either leading blanks or zeros, starting at the left of the field are to be used.

Example: For a field five columns wide and a data value of 250

Blank-Filled Representation _ _250

Zero-Filled Representation 00250.

http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/policyinformation/tmguide/tmg_2013/traffic-monitoring-formats.cfm


http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ohim/tmguide/index.htm

http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/policyinformation/tmguide/2001_TMG_Chapter_6.pdf




IANALYZE PAGE D-71

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Field Status

Critical (C) Required field for record processing by TMAS software.

Optional (O) Field data not required for record processing by TMAS.

Critical/Optional (C/O) In certain cases, the field may be critical to record processing by TMAS, based on other field input for the record.

D.9.1.3 TMG 2001 Output Filename Syntax

<SS><YY>[<sID>].Typ

Where:

<SS> State FIPS code; 2 letters

<YY> Year; last 2 digits

[<sID>] [Optional] Site ID (See section 9.8.13 Add Site ID to FHWA Export File Names); and

.Typ Represents the 3 letter report extension.

D.9.1.4 TMG 2001 Report Filenames

Custom Report Output Filename

FHWA Station File <SS><YY>.STA

FHWA Traffic Volume <SS><YY>.VOL

FHWA Vehicle Classification <SS><YY>.CLA

FHWA Truck Weight <SS><YY>.WGT


IANALYZE PAGE D-72

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.9.2 TMG 2001 Station Description

Report Function:

The Station Description report (file) contains one record per traffic monitoring station, per direction, per lane (unless lanes are combined by the data collection device), per year.

The Station Description record format is used for all traffic volume, vehicle classification, and truck weight monitoring stations.

Updated station records can be submitted at any time during the year if an equipment change occurs at a site resulting in a different type of data submission from that location.

Omitting a Station Description record prevents processing of any succeeding record formats by the TMAS software.

All fields are considered to be character fields.

iAnalyze Report Display: Linked Report Directory.

D.9.2.1 TMG 2001 Station Description: Sample Report

Appendix Report 38 FHWA: TMG 2001 Station Description Report

D.9.2.2 TMG 2001 Station Description: Report Detail

Field and Format Description

Record Type: S Station Record

Field Column Width Description Type

1 1 1 Record Type C

2 2-3 2 FIPS State Code C

3 4-9 6 Station ID C

4 10 1 Direction of Travel Code C

5 11 1 Lane of Travel C

6 12-13 2 Year of Data C

7 14-15 2 Functional Classification Code C


IANALYZE PAGE D-73

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015


8 16 1 Number of Lanes in Direction Indicated C

9 17 1 Sample Type for Traffic Volume C

10 18 1 Number of Lanes Monitored for Traffic Volume C

11 19 1 Method of Traffic Volume Counting C

12 20 1 Sample Type for Vehicle Classification C

13 21 1 Number of Lanes Monitored for Vehicle Class. C/O

14 22 1 Method of Vehicle Classification C/O

15 23 1 Algorithm for Vehicle Classification C/O

16 24-25 2 Classification System for Vehicle Classification C

17 26 1 Sample Type for Truck Weight C/O

18 27 1 Number of Lanes Monitored for Truck Weight C/O

19 28 1 Method of Truck Weighing C

20 29 1 Calibration of Weighing System C

21 30 1 Method of Data Retrieval O

22 31 1 Type of Sensor C

23 32 1 Second Type of Sensor C

24 33 1 Primary Purpose - NEW C

25 34-45 12 LRS Identification - NEW C

26 46-51 6 LRS Location Point - NEW C

27 52-59 8 Latitude - NEW O

28 60-68 9 Longitude - NEW O

29 69-72 4 SHRP Site Identification - NEW C

30 73-78 6 Previous Station ID O

31 79-80 2 Year Station Established C

32 81-82 2 Year Station Discontinued C

33 83-85 3 FIPS County Code C/O

34 86 1 HPMS Sample Type C

35 87-98 12 HPMS Sample Identifier C

36 99 1 National Highway System - NEW C

37 100 1 Posted Route Signing C

38 101-108 8 Posted Signed Route Number C

39 109 1 Concurrent Route Signing C

40 110-117 8 Concurrent Signed Route Number C

41 118-167 50 Station Location C

Appendix Table 2 TMG 2001 Station Description Record Detail

For an in-depth detailed explanation of the Station Description Record format refer to the FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide, 2001 Edition Section 6.2 Station Description Data Formats.




IANALYZE PAGE D-74

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.9.3 TMG 2001 Traffic Volume

Report Function:

The Hourly Traffic Volume report captures hourly traffic volume for each calendar day in the specified range.

The Traffic Volume file contains one record for each day of traffic monitoring.

Format: Fixed Length, Fixed Field.

All numeric fields should be right-justified and zero-filled.


D.9.3.1 TMG 2001 Traffic Volume: Sample Report

Appendix Report 39 FHWA: TMG 2001 Traffic Volume Report

D.9.3.2 TMG 2001 Traffic Volume: Report Detail


Record Type: 3 #3 Record


1 1 1 Record Type C


3 4-5 2 Functional Classification C

4 6-11 6 Station Identification C

5 12 1 Direction of Travel C



8 16-17 2 Month of Data C

9 18-19 2 Day of Data C

10 20 1 Day of Week C

11 21-25 5 Traffic Volume Counted, 00:01 - 01:00 C




IANALYZE PAGE D-75

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015























35 141 1 Restrictions

Appendix Table 3 TMG 2001 Hourly Traffic Volume Record (# 3 Record) Detail

For an in-depth detailed explanation of the Hourly Traffic Volume Record format refer to the FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide, 2001 Edition Section 6.3 Traffic Volume Data Formats.




IANALYZE PAGE D-76

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.9.4 TMG 2001 Vehicle Classification

Report Function:

The Vehicle Classification report captures hourly traffic volume by vehicle class.

All lanes in one direction should have the same data being collected.

The Vehicle Classification file contains one record for each hour with the traffic volume by vehicle class.

The length of the record (number of columns in each record) is determined by the value in Field 15 (columns 25-26) of the Station Description Record.

If two different kinds of data collection equipment are used at a site and those different pieces of equipment collect classification data in different formats (e.g., one uses length classes and the other uses the 13-FHWA categories), then an updated State Description Record should be submitted prior to submitting data using the second classification system to ensure proper analysis.

Format: Variable Length Record

iAnalyze Report Display: Linked Report Directory

D.9.4.1 TMG 2001 Vehicle Classification: Sample Report

Appendix Report 40 FHWA: TMG 2001 Vehicle Classification Report


IANALYZE PAGE D-77

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.9.4.2 TMG 2001 Vehicle Classification: Report Detail


Record Type: C Classification Record

Field Columns Width Description Type

1 1 1 Record Type C








9 18-19 2 Hour of Data C

10 20-24 5 Total Volume C

11 25-29 5 Class 1 Count C













End the record here if the FHWA 13 class system is being used.

24 90-94 5 Class 14 Count O

25 95-99 5 Class 15 Count O

Appendix Table 4 TMG 2001 Vehicle Classification Record Detail

For an in-depth detailed explanation of the Vehicle Classification Record format refer to the FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide, 2001 Edition Section 6.4 Vehicle Classification Data Formats.




IANALYZE PAGE D-78

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.9.5 TMG 2001 Truck Weight

Report Function:

The Weight Data report captures vehicle axle weights and axle spacings, one record for each vehicle.


D.9.5.1 TMG 2001 Truck Weight: Sample Report

Appendix Report 41 FHWA: TMG 2001 Truck Weight Report

D.9.5.2 TMG 2001 Truck Weight: Report Detail


Record Type: W Weight Record


1 1 1 Record Type C









10 20-21 2 Vehicle Class C

11 22-24 3 Open C


IANALYZE PAGE D-79

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015


12 25-28 4 Total Weight of Vehicle C

13 29-30 2 Number of Axles C

14 31-33 3 A-axle Weight C

15 34-36 3 A-B Axle Spacing C

16 37-39 3 B-axle Weight C

17 40-42 3 B-C Axle Spacing C

18 43-45 3 C-axle Weight C

19 46-48 3 C-D Axle Spacing C

20 49-51 3 D-axle Weight C

21 52-54 3 D-E Axle Spacing C

22 55-57 3 E-axle Weight C

23 58-60 3 E-F Axle Spacing C

24 61-63 3 F-axle Weight C

25 64-66 3 F-G Axle Spacing C

26 67-69 3 G-axle Weight C

27 70-72 3 G-H Axle Spacing C

28 73-75 3 H-axle Weight C

29 76-78 3 H-I Axle Spacing C

30 79-81 3 I-axle Weight C

31 82-84 3 I-J Axle Spacing C

32 85-87 3 J-axle Weight C

33 88-90 3 J-K Axle Spacing C

34 91-93 3 K-axle Weight C

35 94-96 3 K-L Axle Spacing C

36 97-99 3 L-axle Weight C

37 100-102 3 L-M Axle Spacing C

38 103-105 3 M-axle Weight C

Appendix Table 5 TMG 2001 Truck Weight Record detail

For an in-depth detailed explanation of the Truck Weight Data format refer to the FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide, 2001 Edition Section 6.5 Truck Weight Data Formats.



IANALYZE PAGE D-80

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.9.6 FHWA TMG 2013 Reports

For an explanation of the most current formats refer to Chapter 7 of the FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide, 2013 Edition: http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ohim/tmguide/index.htm.

Data records for motorized data are divided into six (6) types:

1. Station Description 2. Traffic Volume 3. Speed 4. Vehicle Classification 5. Weight; and 6. Per Vehicle Format (PVF).

D.9.6.1 Purpose

The purpose of FHWA TMG reports is to provide input to national databases maintained by FHWA, including the Travel Monitoring Analysis System (TMAS).

D.9.6.2 TMG 2013 Report Format Rules and Conventions

Report Data

All reports use Both summary (binned) data and per vehicle data.

Data Measurement Unit: Metric

TMG reports are always specified in Metric units.

Record Length

Each record format has a specific length.

In order to submit a record format that is smaller or larger than the specified

length, it is necessary to submit a CSV file with a pipe character | between each

field in the record.

Common Field Item to All Records

Station Identification Six (6) character; allows States to use a common identification system for all traffic monitoring stations.

Field Data

There are no decimals or commas used in any fields.

Field Length

When a field value does not consume all allocated columns for that field, either leading blanks or zeros, starting at the left of the field are to be used.

Example: For a field five columns wide and a data value of 250

Blank-Filled Representation _ _250

Zero-Filled Representation 00250.

Field Status

Critical (C) Required field for record processing by TMAS software.

Optional (O) Field data not required for record processing by TMAS.

Critical/Optional (C/O) In certain cases, the field may be critical to record processing by TMAS, based on other field input for the record.





IANALYZE PAGE D-81

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.9.6.3 TMG 2013 Output Filename Syntax

<SS><ABC123><YY><YYYY>[<sID>].TYP

Where:

<SS> State FIPS Code; 2 letters

<ABC123> Station ID; 6 characters* (See section 9.8.1 TMG Data: Station Description Information.) * Omitted if file contains multiple site data.

<MM> Month; 2 digits

<YYYY> Year; 4 digits

[<sID>] [Optional] Site ID (See section 6.1.13 Add Site ID to FHWA Export File Names); and

.TYP Represents the 3 letter report extension.

D.9.6.4 TMG 2013 Report Filenames

Custom Report Output Filename

FHWA Station File <SS><ABC123><YY><YYYY>.STA

FHWA Traffic Volume <SS><ABC123><YY><YYYY>.VOL

FHWA Vehicle Classification <SS><ABC123><YY><YYYY>.CLA

FHWA Truck Weight <SS><ABC123><YY><YYYY>.WGT

FHWA Truck Speed <SS><ABC123><YY><YYYY>.SPD

FHWA Truck PVR <SS><ABC123><YY><YYYY>.PVR


IANALYZE PAGE D-82

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.9.7 TMG 2013 Station Description

Report Function:


The Station Description record format is used for all traffic volume, vehicle classification, and truck weight monitoring stations.

Updated station records can be submitted at any time during the year if an equipment change occurs at a site resulting in a different type of data submission from that location.

Omitting a Station Description record prevents processing of any succeeding record formats by the TMAS software.

All fields are considered to be character fields.


D.9.7.1 TMG 2013 Station Description: Sample Report

Appendix Report 42 FHWA: TMG 2013 Station Description Report

D.9.7.2 TMG 2013 Station Description: Report Detail


Record Type: S Station Record.


1 1 1 Record Type C






7 16-17 2 Functional Classification Code C

8 18 1 Number of Lanes in Direction Indicated C


IANALYZE PAGE D-83

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015


9 19 1 Sample Type for TMAS C

10 20 1 Number of Lanes Monitored for Traffic Volume C

11 21 1 Method of Traffic Volume Counting C

12 22 1 Number of Lanes Monitored for Vehicle Class C

13 23 1 Method of Vehicle Classification C/O

14 24 1 Algorithm for Vehicle Classification C/O

15 25-26 2 Vehicle Classification Groupings C/O

16 27 1 Number of Lanes Monitored for Truck Weight C

17 28 1 Method of Truck Weighing C/O

18 29 1 Calibration of Weighing System C/O

19 30 1 Method of Data Retrieval C

20 31 1 Type of Sensor C

21 32 1 Second Type of Sensor O

22 33 1 Primary Purpose C

23 34-93 60 LRS Identification C

24 94-101 8 LRS Location Point C

25 102-109 8 Latitude C

26 110-118 9 Longitude C

27 119-122 4 LTPP Site Identification O

28 123-128 6 Previous Station ID O

29 129-132 4 Year Station Established C

30 133-136 4 Year Station Discontinued O

31 137-139 3 FIPS County Code C

32 140 1 HPMS Sample Type C

33 141-152 12 HPMS Sample Identifier C/O

34 153 1 National Highway System C

35 154-155 2 Posted Route Signing C

36 156-163 8 Posted Signed Route Number C

37 164-213 50 Station Location O

Appendix Table 6 TMG 2013 Station Description Record Detail

For an in-depth detailed explanation of the Station Description Record format refer to the FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide, 2013 Edition Section 7.2 Station Description Data Format.




IANALYZE PAGE D-84

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.9.8 TMG 2013 Traffic Volume

Report Function:



Format: Fixed Length, Fixed Field.



D.9.8.1 TMG 2013 Traffic Volume: Sample Report

Appendix Report 43 FHWA: TMG 2013 Traffic Volume Report

D.9.8.2 TMG 2013 Traffic Volume: Report Detail


Record Type: 3 # 3 Record


1 1 1 Record Type C










11 23-27 5 Traffic Volume Counted, after 00:00 – to 01:00 O



IANALYZE PAGE D-85

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015
























35 143 1 Restrictions C

Appendix Table 7 TMG 2013 Hourly Traffic Volume Record Detail

For an in-depth detailed explanation of the Traffic Volume Record format refer to the FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide, 2013 Edition Section 7.3 Traffic Volume Data Format.



IANALYZE PAGE D-86

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.9.9 TMG 2013 Speed Data

Report Function:

The Speed Data report captures the number of vehicles traveling in specified 5 mph speed bins during specified time period.

Each record can contain: 1 hour of data, 15 minutes of data, or 5 minutes of data.

Both the date range and time intervals as are user specified.

Additional Notes:

To submit data to FHWA, the speed data format must have a minimum of 15 bins up to a maximum of 25 bins and should supply data in 5 mph speed bins.

When submitting data using the minimum number of speed bins (15):

Speed Bin 1 All Vehicles traveling <=20 mph

Speed Bin 2 All Vehicles traveling >20 mph and <=25 mph

Last Speed Bin All Vehicles traveling >85 mph

Slow Speed Bins

Additionally, report data may include one or two speed bins for slower traveling vehicles (<=15 mph) or (<= 10 mph) and (>10 mph and <= 15 mph).

High Speed Bins

Up to eight additional bins may be added to provide more detail on high speed travel. The number of additional high speed bins being reported should be indicated on the speed record.

Any speed data records that do not meet these data specifications are purged by the TMAS software.

Format: Variable Length Record, Fixed Width Field.



IANALYZE PAGE D-87

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.9.9.1 TMG 2013 Speed Data: Sample Report

Appendix Report 44 FHWA: TMG 2013 Speed Data Report

D.9.9.2 TMG 2013 Speed Data: Report Detail


Record Type: T Speed Record


1 1 1 Record Type C









10 22 1 Speed Data Time Interval O

11 23 1 Definition of First Speed Bin O

12 24-25 2 Total Number of Speed Bins Reported O

13 26-30 5 Total Interval Volume O

14 31-35 5 Bin 1 Count C

15 36-40 5 Bin 2 Count C

16 41-45 5 Bin 3 Count C

17 46-50 5 Bin 4 Count C

18 51-55 1 Bin 5 Count C

19 56-60 5 Bin 6 Count C


IANALYZE PAGE D-88

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015


20 61-65 5 Bin 7 Count C

21 66-70 5 Bin 8 Count C

22 71-75 5 Bin 9 Count C

23 76-80 5 Bin 10 Count C

24 81-85 5 Bin 11 Count C

25 86-90 5 Bin 12 Count C

26 91-95 5 Bin 13 Count C

27 96-100 5 Bin 14 Count C

28 101-105 5 Bin 15 Count C

29 106-110 5 Bin 16 Count C/O

30 111-115 5 Bin 17 Count C/O

31 116-120 5 Bin 18 Count C/O

32 121-125 5 Bin 19 Count C/O

33 126-130 5 Bin 20 Count C/O

34 131-135 5 Bin 21 Count C/O

35 136-140 5 Bin 22 Count C/O

36 141-145 5 Bin 23 Count C/O

37 146-150 5 Bin 24 Count C/O

38 151-155 5 Bin 25 Count C/O

Appendix Table 8 TMG 2013 Vehicle Speed Record Detail

For an in-depth detailed explanation of the Vehicle Speed Record format refer to the FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide, 2013 Edition Section 7.4 Speed Data Format.



IANALYZE PAGE D-89

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.9.10 TMG 2013 Vehicle Classification

Report Function:



Additional Notes:


If two different kinds of data collection equipment are used at a site and those different pieces of equipment collect classification data in different formats (e.g., one uses length classes and the other uses the 13-FHWA categories), then an updated State Description Record should be submitted prior to submitting data using the second classification system to ensure proper analysis.

Format: Variable Length Record


D.9.10.1 TMG 2013 Vehicle Classification: Sample Report

Appendix Report 45 FHWA: TMG 2013 Vehicle Classification Report


IANALYZE PAGE D-90

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.9.10.2 TMG 2013 Vehicle Classification: Report Detail




1 1 1 Record Type C









10 22 1 Classification Data Time Interval O

11 23-27 5 Total Interval Volume C




15 39-43 5 Class 3 Count C/O











Appendix Table 9 TMG 2013 Vehicle Classification Record Detail

For an in-depth detailed explanation of the Vehicle Classification Record format refer to the FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide, 2013 Edition Section 7.5 Vehicle Classification Data Format.




IANALYZE PAGE D-91

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.9.11 TMG 2013 Truck Weight

Report Function:



D.9.11.1 TMG 2013 Truck Weight: Sample Report

Appendix Report 46 FHWA: TMG 2013 Truck Weight Report


IANALYZE PAGE D-92

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.9.11.2 TMG 2013 Truck Weight: Report Detail




1 1 1 Record Type C










11 24-26 3 Open O



14 35-39 5 Axle Weight 1 C

15 40-43 4 Axles 1-2 Spacing C


17 49-52 4 Axles 2-3 Spacing C/O

18 53-57 5 Axle Weight 3 C/O














32 116-120 5 Axle Weight 10 C/O

33 121-124 4 Axles 10-11 Spacing C/O

34 125-129 5 Axle Weight 11 C/O

35 130-133 4 Axles 11-12 Spacing C/O

36 134-138 5 Axle Weight 12 C/O

37 139-142 4 Axles 12-13 Spacing C/O

38 143-147 5 Axle Weight 13 C/O

Appendix Table 10 TMG 2013 Weight Record Detail


IANALYZE PAGE D-93

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

For an in-depth detailed explanation of the Weight Record format refer to the FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide, 2013 Edition Section 7.6 Weight Data Format.

D.9.12 TMG 2013 Detailed Per Vehicle Report

Report Function:

Standard Detailed Per Vehicle Reports can capture the following as individual records:

Volume Speed Vehicle Classification; and Vehicle Weight data.

This specific iANALYZE report captures classification and weight data.

This provides for a much more detailed analysis of traffic patterns and permits the investigation of a number of key traffic flow and vehicle characteristics (e.g., vehicle gap analysis, speed by class, and changes in axle spacing distributions) that are not possible with aggregate traffic records.


D.9.12.1 TMG 2013 Detailed Per Vehicle Report: Sample Report

Appendix Report 47 FHWA: TMG 2013 Detailed Per Vehicle Report



IANALYZE PAGE D-94

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.9.12.2 TMG 2013 Detailed Per Vehicle Report: Report Detail


Record Type: I Per Vehicle Record

W Individual Vehicle Record Collected By Weight (Axle) Device (W Variant).

C Individual Vehicle Record Collected By Classification Device (C Variant).


1 1 1 Record Type C








9 20-27 8 Time of Data C

10 28 1 C C

11 29-32 4 Vehicle Signature/Other Use O

12 33-36 4 Vehicle Speed C

13 37-38 2 Vehicle Classification C


15 41-44 4 Total Vehicle Length (bumper to bumper) O












27+

Use additional spacing in

4-digit increments up to 25 axles

C/O

Appendix Table 11 TMG 2013 Individual Vehicle Record (C Variant) Detail


IANALYZE PAGE D-95

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015



1 1 1 Record Type C








9 20-27 8 Time of Data C

10 28 1 W C

11 29-32 4 Vehicle Signature/Other Use O

12 33-36 4 Vehicle Speed C

13 37-38 2 Vehicle Classification C


15 41-44 4 Total Vehicle Length (bumper to bumper) O

16 45-47 3 Pavement Temperature O



















35 129-133 5 Axle Weight 10 C/O

36 134-137 4 Axles 10-11 Spacing C/O

37 138-142 5 Axle Weight 11 C/O

38 143-146 4 Axles 11-12 Spacing C/O


IANALYZE PAGE D-96

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015


39 147-151 5 Axle Weight 12 C/O

40+

Use additional spacing in


C/O

41+

Use additional weights in


C/O

Appendix Table 12 TMG 2013 Individual Vehicle Record (W Variant) Detail

For an in-depth detailed explanation of the Individual Vehicle Record formats refer to the FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide, 2013 Edition Section 7.7 Detailed Per Vehicle Format (PVF).




IANALYZE PAGE D-97

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

MEPDG

D.10.1 MEPDG Export (Pavement MEDesign)

Report Function:

This report creates the Traffic and Axle Load Distribution XML files for import into the AASHTOWare Pavement ME Design software.

D.10.1.1 MEPDG Export: Axle Load Distribution Report Detail

Filename Syntax:

<siteid>_MEPDGExport (Pavement MEDesign) _AxleLoadDistribution. xml

Where <siteid> is the site id configured in the Site Editor.

Contents of Axle Load Distribution XML File

Contains the normalized axle load distribution for all months, classes and group

types; single, tandem, tridem or quadrem.

When imported to Pavement ME Design, overwrites all values.

Only contains values for months, classes, group types and weight bins which

have data. Otherwise, values are set to 0. Weight.

D.10.1.2 MEPDG Export: Traffic XML Report Detail

Filename Syntax:

<siteid>_MEPDGExport (Pavement MEDesign)_Traffic.xml

Where <siteid> is the site id configured in the Site Editor.

Date Range: Requires a Year of data to create this report.

Using less than 1 full year results in default settings for monthly based

values.

Units Kips/Ft or Pounds/Inches; set values in the xml file for US

Customary units.

Metric; sets values in the xml file for SI units.

Classes Uses FHWA TMG classifications.

The report uses classes 4 to 13 in its analysis.

Axle Group Tandem, Tridem, Quadrem; reflective of the definitions in the

classification scheme used by iAnalyze or by the equipment on site.

Within the Pavement ME Design software, there are percentages which should total

100%. However, due to rounding and conversion to the values in the xml file, sometimes

these percentages will be slightly off and the Pavement ME Design will flag this as a

warning or error.


IANALYZE PAGE D-98

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Contents of Traffic XML File

Traffic Field Comment

Two-way AADTT Calculated using procedure for AADT as per AASHTO Guidelines for Traffic Data Programs 2009 Uses classes 4 to 13.

Tandem axle spacing Tridem axle spacing Quadrem axle spacing

Calculated as the Average Intra-Axle Spacing, per group. tridem has 2 intra-axle spacings; quadrem has 3 intra-axle spacings

Wheelbase Fields Average spacing of <type> axles Percent trucks with <type> axles

Calculated as the Average Front Axle Spacing FHWA classes 8 to 13 vehicles with the following ranges:

Short 10.0 ft up to 13.4 ft Medium 13.4 ft up to 16.5 ft Long 16.5 ft up to 20.0 ft

*Front axle spacings not in these ranges are ignored.

Display Name/Identifier Set to Custom Traffic Data

Description of object Set to: <sitename> (<siteid>) <From timestamp> to <To timestamp> where: <sitename> Site Name configured in the Site Editor. <siteid> Site Identifier configured in the Site Editor <From timestamp> Start time of the data processed by

iAnalyze to create the report. <To timestamp> End time of the data processed by

iAnalyze to create the report.

Date approved Set to the Time the xml file was created by iAnalyze.

Author Set to IRD iAnalyze followed by the version of iAnalyze used to create the xml file.

Date created Set to the Time the xml file was created by iAnalyze.

Vehicle Class Distribution Distribution (%)

Percentage of each Class in the Total of All Trucks Classes 8 - 13

Vehicle Class Distribution Growth Rate (%)

< 2 years data processed by iAnalyze for this report: Growth Rate set to the Default. >= 2 years data processed by iAnalyze for this report: Values calculated using procedure for growth rate as per AASHTO Guidelines for Traffic Data Programs 2009.

Monthly Adjustment Calculated using procedure for monthly adjustment factors as per AASHTO Guidelines for Traffic Data Programs 2009.

Axles Per Truck Calculated as the Ratio of Number of Each Axle Group Type in a Class divided by Number of Trucks in that Class.

Hourly Adjustment Calculated using procedure for Time of Day Factors as per AASHTO Guidelines for Traffic Data Programs 2009.


IANALYZE PAGE D-99

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

WEIGHT

Vehicle Weight reports provide vehicle data statistics using Vehicle Weight Intervals (ranges) as the primary unit of analysis.

D.11.1 Class By Gross Vehicle Weight

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Vehicle Count data by GVW Weight Range for the specified reporting period.

Reporting Interval: GVW Range; Default or User Specified.


Data: Per Vehicle (Good Weight Vehicles).

D.11.1.1 Class By Gross Vehicle Weight: Report Detail

Column Definitions



Weight (Kips) GVW in 1000’s of Pounds.

Total (Col) Total Vehicle Counts per GVW Range (All Classes).

Row Definitions


Per GVW Range GVW Range Vehicle Count per Class.

Total (Row) Total Vehicle Count per Class (All GVW Ranges).

Grand Total: Total Class Vehicle Count (All GVW Ranges).


IANALYZE PAGE D-100

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.1.2 Class By Gross Vehicle Weight: Sample Report

Appendix Report 48 Weight: Class By Gross Vehicle Weight


IANALYZE PAGE D-101

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.2 Class By Front Axle Weight

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Vehicle Count data by Front Axle Weight Range for the specified reporting period.

Reporting Interval: Front Axle Weight Range; Default or User Specified.



D.11.2.1 Class By Front Axle Weight: Report Detail

Column Definitions



Weight (Kips) Front Axle Weight in 1000’s of Pounds.

Total (Col) Total Vehicle Counts per Front Axle Weight Range (All Classes).

Row Definitions


Per Front Axle Weight Range

Front Axle Weight Range Vehicle Count per Class.

Total (Row) Total Vehicle Count per Class (All Front Axle Weight Ranges).

Grand Total: Total Class Vehicle Count (All Front Axle Weight Ranges).


IANALYZE PAGE D-102

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.2.2 Class By Front Axle Weight: Sample Report

Appendix Report 49 Weight: Class By Front Axle Weight


IANALYZE PAGE D-103

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.3 Class By Single Axle Weight

Report Function:

Number of Axles: This report tabulates Vehicle Count data by Single Axle Weight Range (excluding the front axle) for the specified reporting period.

Reporting Interval: Single Axle Weight Range; Default or User Specified.



D.11.3.1 Class By Single Axle Weight: Report Detail

Column Definitions



Weight (Kips) Single Axle Weight in 1000’s of Pounds.

Total (Col) Total Vehicle Counts per Single Axle Weight Range (All Classes).

Row Definitions


Per Single Axle Weight Range

Single Axle Weight Range Vehicle Count per Class.

Total (Row) Total Vehicle Count per Class (All Single Axle Weight Ranges).

Grand Total: Total Class Vehicle Count (All Single Axle Weight Ranges).


IANALYZE PAGE D-104

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.3.2 Class By Single Axle Weight: Sample Report

Appendix Report 50 Weight: Class By Single Axle Weight


IANALYZE PAGE D-105

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.4 Class By Tandem Axle Weight

Report Function:

Number of Axles: This report tabulates Vehicle Count data by Tandem Axle Weight Range for the specified reporting period.

Reporting Interval: Tandem Axle Weight Range; Default or User Specified.



D.11.4.1 Class By Tandem Axle Weight: Report Detail

Column Definitions



Weight (Kips) Tandem Axle Weight in 1000’s of Pounds.

Total (Col) Total Vehicle Counts per Tandem Axle Weight Range (All Classes).

Row Definitions


Per Tandem Axle Weight Range

Tandem Axle Weight Range Vehicle Count per Class.

Total (Row) Total Vehicle Count per Class (All Tandem Axle Weight Ranges).

Grand Total: Total Class Vehicle Count (All Tandem Axle Weight Ranges).


IANALYZE PAGE D-106

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.4.2 Class By Tandem Axle Weight: Sample Report

Appendix Report 51 Weight: Class By Tandem Axle Weight


IANALYZE PAGE D-107

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.5 Class By Tridem Axle Weight

Report Function:

Number of Axles: This report tabulates Vehicle Count data by Tridem Axle Weight Range for the specified reporting period.

Reporting Interval: Tridem Axle Weight Range; Default or User Specified.



D.11.5.1 Class By Tridem Axle Weight: Report Detail

Column Definitions



Weight (Kips) Tridem Axle Weight in 1000’s of Pounds.

Total (Col) Total Vehicle Counts per Tridem Axle Weight Range (All Classes).

Row Definitions


Per Tridem Axle Weight Range

Tridem Axle Weight Range Vehicle Count per Class.

Total (Row) Total Vehicle Count per Class (All Tridem Axle Weight Ranges).

Grand Total: Total Class Vehicle Count (All Tridem Axle Weight Ranges).


IANALYZE PAGE D-108

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.5.2 Class By Tridem Axle Weight: Sample Report

Appendix Report 52 Weight: Class By Tridem Axle Weight


IANALYZE PAGE D-109

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.6 Class By Quadrem Axle Weight

Report Function:

Number of Axles: This report tabulates Vehicle Count data by Quadrem Axle Weight Range for the specified reporting period.

Reporting Interval: Quadrem Axle Weight Range; Default or User Specified.



D.11.6.1 Class By Quadrem Axle Weight: Report Detail

Column Definitions



Weight (Kips) Quadrem Axle Weight in 1000’s of Pounds.

Total (Col) Total Vehicle Counts per Quadrem Axle Weight Range (All Classes).

Row Definitions


Per Quadrem Axle Weight Range

Quadrem Axle Weight Range Vehicle Count per Class.

Total (Row) Total Vehicle Count per Class (All Quadrem Axle Weight Ranges).

Grand Total: Total Class Vehicle Count (All Quadrem Axle Weight Ranges).


IANALYZE PAGE D-110

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.6.2 Class By Quadrem Axle Weight: Sample Report

Appendix Report 53 Weight: Class By Quadrem Axle Weight


IANALYZE PAGE D-111

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.7 Average GVW Class By Hour

Report Function:

Average GVW (kips): This report displays Average Hourly GVW by Vehicle Class.


Includes: Average calculations.


D.11.7.1 Average GVW Class By Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions




Overall (Col) Average GVW Vehicle Counts Hourly (All Classes).

Row Definitions


Per Hour Hourly Vehicle Count per Class.

Overall (Row) Total Daily (24 hr.) Average GVW Vehicle Count per Class.

Grand Total: Total Daily Average GVW Vehicle Count (All Classes).


IANALYZE PAGE D-112

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.7.2 Average GVW Class By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 54 Weight: Avg GVW Class By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-113

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.8 Average GVW Weekday By Class

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Average Weekday Vehicle Count data by Class.



Complimentary Report: Class By Hour


The average gross vehicle weight on each day of the week (Saturday through Sunday).

D.11.8.1 Average GVW Weekday By Class: Report Detail

Report columns are:

day of the week

overall class average GVW Report rows are:

vehicle class

average for all classes for each day


IANALYZE PAGE D-114

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.8.2 Average GVW Weekday By Class: Sample Report

Appendix Report 55 Weight: Avg GVW Weekday By Class


IANALYZE PAGE D-115

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.9 Maximum GVW Weekday By Class

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Weekly Vehicle Count data by Class.





The maximum gross vehicle weight that occurred in each class on each day of the week (Saturday through Sunday).

D.11.9.1 Maximum GVW Weekday By Class: Report Detail

Report columns are:

day of the week

overall class average GVW Report rows are:

vehicle class

average for all classes for each day


IANALYZE PAGE D-116

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.9.2 Maximum GVW Weekday By Class: Sample Report

Appendix Report 56 Weight: Max GVW Weekday By Class


IANALYZE PAGE D-117

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.10 GVW By Hour

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Hourly Vehicle Count data by GVW Range.


Includes: Total and Subtotal calculations.


D.11.10.1 GVW By Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions


GVW Range (Kips) Gross Vehicle Weight Ranges; Default or User Specified.


Total (Col) Total Hourly Vehicle Counts (All GVW Ranges).

Total Quarterly Vehicle Counts (All GVW Ranges).

Grand Total: Total Daily Vehicle Count (All Classes).

Row Definitions


Per Hour Hourly Vehicle Count per GVW Range.

Quarterly Subtotal Quarterly Vehicle Count every six (6) hours per GVW Range.

Total (Row) Total Daily (24 hr.) Vehicle Count per GVW Range.

Grand Total: Total Daily Vehicle Count (All GVW Ranges).


IANALYZE PAGE D-118

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.10.2 GVW By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 57 Weight: GVW By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-119

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.11 GVW By Day Of Month

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Monthly Vehicle Count data by GVW Range.

Reporting Interval: By Day; over a Month.



D.11.11.1 GVW By Day Of Month: Report Detail

Column Definitions


GVW Range (Kips) Gross Vehicle Weight Ranges; Default or User Specified.

Day Day of Month; Weekday.

Total (Col) Total Daily Vehicle Counts (All GVW Ranges).

Weekly Subtotal Vehicle Counts (All GVW Ranges).

Row Definitions


Day; Weekday Daily Vehicle Counts per GVW Range. Beginning on the first day of the month.

Weekly Subtotal Weekly Vehicle Count Subtotal per GVW Range; Every seven (7) days or portion thereof.

Total (Row) Total Monthly Vehicle Count per GVW Range.

Grand Total: Total Monthly Vehicle Count (All GVW Ranges).


IANALYZE PAGE D-120

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.11.2 GVW By Day Of Month: Sample Report

Appendix Report 58 Weight: GVW By Day Of Month


IANALYZE PAGE D-121

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.12 GVW By Month

Report Function:


D.11.12.1 GVW By Month: Report Detail


IANALYZE PAGE D-122

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.11.12.2 GVW By Month: Sample Report

Appendix Report 59 Weight: GVW By Month

WEIGHT VIOLATION

Weight Violation reports provide vehicle violation data statistics using vehicle weight violations as the primary unit of analysis.

D.12.1 Weight Violation By Hour

Report Function:

Number of Violation Vehicles: This report tabulates Hourly Vehicle Violation Count by Axle Weight class.

Reporting Interval: Hourly; over a 24 hour period for the specified date.



Data: Per Vehicle (Good Weight Vehicles)

Per Hour: Total Vehicle Count; Number of Valid vehicles; Number of Violating vehicles; Percentage of Violation vehicles;


IANALYZE PAGE D-123

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Number of vehicles with single/tandem/tridem/quadrem axle violations; Number of vehicles with bridge, balance and individual axle unit violations.

D.12.1.1 Weight Violation By Hour: Report Detail

Provides an hourly count of weight violations for the specified day.

Report columns are:

Valid Count of good weight vehicles.

Viol Count of good weight vehicles with a weight violation.

Viol% Percentage of violating vehicles: Viol / Valid * 100

Good Weight Vehicle Count (1 violation count per specified axle unit).

Steer Steering axle violation. Single Single axle violation. Tandem Tandem axle violation. Tridem Tridem axle violation. Quadrem Quadrem axle violation. GVW GVW violation. GrpInd Axle group individual violation. GrpCom Axle group combination violation or an axle unit

combination violation. Balan Weight imbalance between the axles in an axle unit

of the vehicle. Unit Axle unit individual violation.


IANALYZE PAGE D-124

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.12.1.2 Weight Violation By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 60 Weight Violation: Weight Violation By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-125

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.12.2 Weight Violation By Class

Report Function:

Number of Violation Vehicles: This report tabulates Vehicle Weight Violation Count and Percentage data by Class for the reporting period.

Reporting Interval: As per the specified date range.




Provides a count of weight violations occurring per vehicle Class.

Per Class: Total Vehicle Count; Number of Warning vehicles; Number of Valid vehicles; Number of Violating vehicles; Percentage of Violation vehicles; Number of vehicles with single/tandem/tridem/quadrem axle violations; Number of vehicles with bridge, balance and individual axle unit violations.

D.12.2.1 Weight Violation By Class: Report Detail

Report columns are:

Totcnt Total Vehicle Count

InvID





Steer Steering axle violation. Single Single axle violation. Tandem Tandem axle violation. Tridem Tridem axle violation. Quadrem Quadrem axle violation. GVW GVW violation. GrpInd Axle group individual violation. GrpCom Axle group combination violation or an axle unit

combination violation. Balan Weight imbalance between the axles in an axle unit

of the vehicle. Unit Axle unit individual violation.

Sub-table values: % of unclassified vehicles; and % of vehicles with warnings.


IANALYZE PAGE D-126

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.12.2.2 Weight Violation By Class: Sample Report

Appendix Report 61 Weight Violation: Weight Violation By Class


IANALYZE PAGE D-127

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.12.3 Weight Violation Class By Hour

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Hourly Weight Class Violations by Vehicle Class.




Per Hour: Number of good (valid) vehicles; Number of Violation vehicles; Percentage of Violation vehicles; Number of vehicles in each class with weight violations.

D.12.3.1 Weight Violation Class By Hour: Report Detail

Provides a count of weight violations occurring in each vehicle class by hour.

Report columns are:





Class Count of violation vehicles per vehicle class.


IANALYZE PAGE D-128

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.12.3.2 Weight Violation Class By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 62 Weight Violation: Weight Violation Class By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-129

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.12.4 Weight Violation By Weekday

Report Function:

Number of Violation Vehicles: This report tabulates Vehicle Weight Violation Count and Percentage data by Weekday for the reporting period.

Reporting Interval: Daily; for the specified weekly date range. Sunday through Saturday




D.12.4.1 Weight Violation By Weekday: Report Detail

Provides a daily count of weight violations for the specified week.

Per Day: Total Vehicle Count; Number of Valid vehicles; Number of Violating vehicles; Percentage of Violation vehicles; Number of vehicles with single/tandem/tridem/quadrem axle violations; Number of vehicles with bridge, balance and individual axle unit violations.

Report columns are:




Good Weight Vehicle Counts (1 violation count per specified axle unit).

Steer Steering axle violation.

Single Single axle violation.

Tandem Tandem axle violation.

Tridem Tridem axle violation.

Quadrem Quadrem axle violation.

GVW GVW violation.

GrpInd Axle group individual violation.

GrpCom Axle group combination violation or an axle unit combination violation.

Balan Weight imbalance between the axles in an axle unit of the vehicle.

Unit Axle unit individual violation.


IANALYZE PAGE D-130

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.12.4.2 Weight Violation By Weekday: Sample Report

Appendix Report 63 Weight Violation: Weight Violation By Weekday


IANALYZE PAGE D-131

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

IRD ASCII

IRD ASCII reports provide data in CSV format which is typically used as input for programs that can generate additional statistical analysis of the data.

Data: All reports use Both summary (binned) data and per vehicle data.

Output Filename Extension: .CSV

iANALYZE Report Display: Linked Directory

D.13.1 IRD ASCII Raw Data

Report Function:

D.13.1.1 IRD ASCII Raw Data: Sample Report

Appendix Report 64 IRD ASCII: IRD ASCII Raw Data

D.13.1.2 IRD ASCII Raw Data: Report Detail


IANALYZE PAGE D-132

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.13.2 IRD ASCII Extended Raw Data Set

Report Function:

D.13.2.1 IRD ASCII Extended Raw Data Set: Sample Report

Appendix Report 65 IRD ASCII: IRD ASCII Extended RAW Data Set

D.13.2.2 IRD ASCII Extended Raw Data Set: Report Detail


IANALYZE PAGE D-133

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

ESAL

D.14.1 Total ESAL Class By Hour

Report Function:

Total ESAL: This report tabulates Hourly ESAL Totals data by ESAL class.

Reporting Interval: Hourly; over a 24 hour period for the specified date.

Includes: Total, Subtotal and summary calculations.



IANALYZE PAGE D-134

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.14.1.1 Total ESAL Class By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 66 ESAL: Total ESAL Class By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-135

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.14.1.2 Total ESAL Class By Hour: Report Detail


Classification Class Identifiers Interval Unit Hour

Total Row Total: Hourly Group Row Total: Every six (6) Hours Grand Total: Daily Total (All ESAL)


Per Hour Hourly ESAL Counts per Class Quarterly Subtotal Subtotal ESAL Counts every six (6) hours per Class Total Total Daily ESAL Count per Class Percent Total Daily Percentage per Class of Grand Total (All ESAL)


IANALYZE PAGE D-136

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.14.2 Max ESAL Weekday By Class

Report Function:

D.14.2.1 Max ESAL Weekday By Class: Sample Report

Appendix Report 67 ESAL: Max ESAL Weekday By Class

D.14.2.2 Max ESAL Weekday By Class: Report Detail


IANALYZE PAGE D-137

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

SAFETY SYSTEM

Report Function:

Safety System reports provide vehicle data statistics using vehicle weight ranges as the primary unit of analysis.

The reports in this section provide information that can be used to monitor the operation of electronic safety systems, such as rollover warning or downhill speed warning systems.

The two primary items reported are:

Sign Actvtd:sign activated ; the onsite system determined that action should be taken for a vehicle. The action taken is dependent on the type of safety system.

Sign Not Actvtd:sign not activated ; the onsite system determined that no action should be taken for a vehicle.

D.15.1 Safety System Site Summary

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Hourly Vehicle Count data by Peak Time.





Provides an overview of the activity at the site for all selected vehicle classes.

This report contains the same information as the Site Summary Report with additional Safety system information.

D.15.1.1 Safety System Site Summary: Report Detail


IANALYZE PAGE D-138

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.15.1.2 Safety System Site Summary: Sample Report

Appendix Report 68 Safety System: Safety System Site Summary


IANALYZE PAGE D-139

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.15.2 Safety System Class By Hour

Report Function:






The Safety System Class by Hour report lists the counts of occurrences of the Sign Activated and Sign Not Activated states for each selected vehicle class over each hour of the day.

D.15.2.1 Safety System Class By Hour: Report Detail


Classification Vehicle Class Identifiers Interval Unit Hour



Per Hour Hourly Vehicle Counts per Class Quarterly Subtotal Subtotal Vehicle Counts every six (6) hours per Class Total Total Daily Vehicle Count per Class Percent Total Daily Percentage per Class of Grand Total (All Vehicles)


IANALYZE PAGE D-140

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.15.2.2 Safety System Class By Hour: Sample Report Page 1

Appendix Report 69 Safety System: Safety System Class By Hour Page 1


IANALYZE PAGE D-141

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.15.2.3 Safety System Class By Hour: Sample Report Page 2

Appendix Report 70 Safety System: Safety System Class By Hour Page 2


IANALYZE PAGE D-142

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.15.3 Safety System Lane By Hour

Report Function:






The Safety System Lane by Hour report lists the counts of occurrences of the Sign Activated and Sign Not Activated states for each of the selected lanes over each hour of the day:

Note that this report is similar in layout and content to the Lane by Hour report, Appendix D.3.1, except that the columns are split into Sign Activated and Sign Not Activated for each lane.

D.15.3.1 Safety System Lane By Hour: Report Detail


Classification Vehicle Class Identifiers Interval Unit Hour



Per Hour Hourly Vehicle Counts per Class Quarterly Subtotal Subtotal Vehicle Counts every six (6) hours per Class Total Total Daily Vehicle Count per Class Percent Total Daily Percentage per Class of Grand Total (All Vehicles)


IANALYZE PAGE D-143

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.15.3.2 Safety System Lane By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 71 Safety System: Safety System Lane By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-144

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

ROAD CONDITION

Road Condition reports provide information useful in tracking and analyzing the road conditions of a given site. Report data is based on road condition status flags from vehicle external data items.

Road Condition reports provide vehicle data statistics using Road Condition Types as the primary unit of analysis.

D.16.1 Road Condition By Hour

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Hourly Vehicle Count data by Road Condition type.




Displays a count of vehicles recorded per Hour for each road condition; as defined by the site reporting parameters.

D.16.1.1 Road Condition By Hour: Report Detail


Classification Road Condition Types Interval Unit Hour Bin Total Total number of Vehicles recorded for the Hour PV Total Total number of Vehicles recorded for the Hour Total Group Row Total: Every six (6) Hours

Grand Total: Daily Total (All Vehicles)


Hours Hourly Vehicle Counts per Condition Type Quarterly Subtotal Subtotal Vehicle Counts every six (6) hours per Condition Type Total Grand Total: Daily Total (All Vehicles) per Condition Type


IANALYZE PAGE D-145

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.16.1.2 Road Condition By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 72 Road Condition: Road Condition By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-146

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.16.2 Road Condition By Weekday

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates daily count data by road condition over each day of the week.





D.16.2.1 Road Condition By Weekday: Report Detail


Bin Total PV Total Total Number of Vehicles recorded for the Day Road Conditions Conditions ranging from Dry to Frost; Number of vehicles

recorded per Day per Condition. Measurement Unit Day


Weekday Sunday through Saturday; Daily Vehicle Total per Condition

Total Grand Total: for All Vehicles per Condition for the entire week


IANALYZE PAGE D-147

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.16.2.2 Road Condition By Weekday: Sample Report

Appendix Report 73 Road Condition: Road Condition By Weekday


IANALYZE PAGE D-148

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.16.3 Road Condition Percent By Hour

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates the percentages of specific road condition occurrences over each hour of the day.





D.16.3.1 Road Condition Percent By Hour: Report Detail


Classification Road Condition Types Interval Unit Hour Bin Total Vehicle Count Percentage recorded for the Hour PV Total Vehicle Count Percentage recorded for the Hour Total Group Row Total Percentage: Every six (6) Hours

Grand Total: Daily Percentage (All Vehicles)


Hours Hourly Vehicle Count Percentage per Road Condition Type Quarterly Subtotal Subtotal Vehicle Count Percentage every six (6) hours per Road

Condition Type Total Grand Total: Daily Total (All Vehicles) per Condition Type


IANALYZE PAGE D-149

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.16.3.2 Road Condition Percent By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 74 Road Condition: Road Condition Percent By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-150

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.16.4 Road Condition Percent By Weekday

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates the percentages of specific road condition occurrences over each day of the week.





D.16.4.1 Road Condition Percent By Weekday: Report Detail


Bin Total

PV Total Total Percentage of Vehicle counts recorded for the Weekday: 100%

Road Conditions Conditions ranging from Dry to Frost; Percentage of Vehicle counts recorded per Weekday per Condition.

Measurement Unit Weekday


Weekdays Weekday Vehicle Count Percentages per Condition

D.16.4.2 Road Condition Percent By Weekday: Sample Report

Appendix Report 75 Road Condition: Road Condition Percent By Weekday


IANALYZE PAGE D-151

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.16.5 Road Condition Changes Summary

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report that displays the road conditions and the time each has chnaged.





D.16.5.1 Road Condition Changes Summary: Report Detail


Text File Display

Row Display Row Description

Condition Change Date, Time and Condition


IANALYZE PAGE D-152

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.16.5.2 Road Condition Changes Summary: Sample Report

Appendix Report 76 Road Condition: Road Condition Changes Summary

Text File Contents


IANALYZE PAGE D-153

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.16.6 Road Condition Daily Summary

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report tabulates Hourly Vehicle Count data during Slippery Road conditions.





Lists the counts and percentages of vehicles during slippery road conditions over each hour; recorded for the site as defined by the reporting parameters.

Data in this report: Per Vehicle (All Non-Error Vehicles)

Road conditions that are considered slippery are controlled by the user configurable Column value setting in the Report Parameters Window:


IANALYZE PAGE D-154

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.16.6.1 Road Condition Daily Summary: Report Detail


Total Grand Total of All Vehicles per Hour Non-Slippery Number of Vehicles experiencing Non-Slippery Conditions per

Hour % Non-Slippery Percentage of Vehicles experiencing Non-Slippery Conditions

per Hour Slippery Number of Vehicles experiencing Slippery Conditions per Hour

% Non-Slippery Percentage of Vehicles experiencing Non-Slippery Conditions per Hour

Measurement Unit Hours


Hour Hourly Vehicle Counts


IANALYZE PAGE D-155

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.16.6.2 Road Condition Daily Summary: Sample Report

Appendix Report 77 Road Condition: Road Condition Daily Summary


IANALYZE PAGE D-156

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.16.7 Road Condition Monthly Summary

Report Function:

Number of Vehicles: This report displays monthly road conditions during each day of the month.





Displays road conditions experienced each day of the month; recorded for the site as defined by the reporting parameters.

Data in this report: Per Vehicle (All Non-Error Vehicles)

D.16.7.1 Road Condition Monthly Summary: Report Detail


Road Conditions Conditions Ranging from Dry to Frost

Row Display Row Description

Month Day Charted display of Daily Road Conditions per date range.


IANALYZE PAGE D-157

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.16.7.2 Road Condition Monthly Summary: Sample Report

Appendix Report 78 Road Condition: Road Condition Monthly Summary


IANALYZE PAGE D-158

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

EXTERNAL DATA ITEMS CSV

All reports follow the basic format of:

Vehicle Number

Lane

Year

Month

Day

Hour

Minutes

Seconds

([external data item: label, information] x number of relevant external data item types).

Vehicle records which do not have the relevant external data items will output with empty CSV columns.

For vehicle records which contain more than one set of relevant external data items (eg. a vehicle with two each of licence plate number, confidence, and jurisdiction), the vehicle record will be separated into multiple output lines, one for each set.

D.17.1 External Data Items CSV - License Plate Information

D.17.1.1 External Data Items CSV - License Plate Information: Report Detail

For the Licence Plate Information report, the appropriate external data item types that can be output are:

Name Label

License Plate Number LP_NUM

License Plate Number Confidence LP_CONF

License Plate Jurisdiction LP_JUR

License Plate Jurisdiction Confidence LP_JURCONF

Even for vehicles with the first three Licence Plate Information external data item types, it is common for nothing to exist (and therefore not be output) for Licence Plate Jurisdiction Confidence.


IANALYZE PAGE D-159

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.17.1.2 External Data Items CSV - License Plate Information: Sample Report

Appendix Report 79 External Data Items CSV - License Plate Information Report


IANALYZE PAGE D-160

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.17.2 External Data Items CSV - Identifier Tags

D.17.2.1 External Data Items CSV - Identifier Tags: Report Detail

For the Identifier Tags report, the appropriate external data item types that can be output are:

Name Label

AVI AVI

Mark IV GRS TAG_M4

Hughes TAG_H

Amtech ATA TAG_AMA

Amtech IT2000 TAG_AMI

Identec TAG_IDENT

D.17.2.2 External Data Items CSV - Identifier Tags: Sample Report

Appendix Report 80 External Data Items CSV - Identifier Tags


IANALYZE PAGE D-161

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.17.3 External Data Items CSV - USDOT

D.17.3.1 External Data Items CSV - USDOT: Report Detail

For the USDOT Information report:

Name Label

USDOT Code USDOT

USDOT Code Confidence USDOT_CONF

D.17.3.2 External Data Items CSV - USDOT: Sample Report

Appendix Report 81 External Data items CSV – USDOT


IANALYZE PAGE D-162

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

CTWIM California class specific WIM reports are intended for use with the FHWA Classifications.

The iANALYZE measurement unit must be set to Kips (Ft) for these reports.

There is no Report Footer display on these reports.

CTWIM Report Notes:

Vehicle Weight Criteria Front Left Wheel >= 3 kips and <= 12 kips

Front Right Wheel >= 3 kips and <= 12 kips

Front Axle Weight >=3 kips

Only vehicles meeting the above weight criteria are included in the report data.

D.18.1 Lane By GVW Class 9

Report Function


Number of Vehicles: Lane Vehicle Count, Lane Vehicle Count Percentage, and Average Lane Speed

By: GVW Range (FHWA Class 9)


Reporting Unit: GVW Range (Kips).

Provides: Aggregate: Count Totals, Percentages, Average Speeds.

Data: Per Vehicle (Good Weight Vehicles). (and meeting the CTWIM Report Weight Criteria).


For each Lane Avg. GVW Average Gross Vehicle Weight.

Std Dev Standard Deviation of Avg. GVW.

Avg Axle 1 W Average Weight of the first Axle.

Std Dev Standard Deviation of the first Axle weight.

Application: Used in the statistical analysis of FHWA Class 9 Vehicles.

Notes: Ensure that Class Range selection is set to or includes Class 9.


IANALYZE PAGE D-163

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.18.1.1 Lane By GVW Class 9: Report Detail

Column Definitions


GVW Range (Kips) Gross Vehicle Weight Ranges for Class 9 Vehicles

Lane Count Lane Vehicle Count per GVW range.

Lane % Lane Vehicle Count Percentage per GVW range: (Lane Count/ Total Lane Vehicle Count) * 100

Avg Spd Average Lane Speed per GVW range.

Count Total (All Lanes) Vehicle Count per GVW range.

% Total (All Lanes) Vehicle Count Percentage per GVW range: (Count/Total Count Vehicle Count) * 100


Row Definitions

GVW Range (Kips) Row Description

Per GVW Range Lane Vehicle Count, Lane Vehicle Count Percentage, Average Lane Speed


Total Lane Vehicle Count %: (Total Lane Vehicle Count/Total Count Vehicle Count) * 100;

Average Lane Speed (All Ranges);

Total Count Vehicle Count (All Ranges) (All Lanes);

Total %: 100%

Average Speed (All Ranges, All Lanes).


IANALYZE PAGE D-164

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.18.1.2 Lane By GVW Class 9: Sample Report

Appendix Report 82 CTWIM: Lane By GVW Class 9


IANALYZE PAGE D-165

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015


Report Function
















Column Definitions










IANALYZE PAGE D-166

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Row Definitions







Total %: 100%





IANALYZE PAGE D-167

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015


Report Function
















Column Definitions










IANALYZE PAGE D-168

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Row Definitions







Total %: 100%





IANALYZE PAGE D-169

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.18.4 Average Weights & Spacings By Speed Class 9

Report Function


For FHWA Class 9 Vehicles

Weight(kips): Vehicle Axle Weights (kips) and GVW

Count: Vehicle Counts, Overweight Vehicle Counts and Overweight Vehicle Count Percentage

Spacing(ft): Tractor and Trailer Tandem Axle Spacings

By: Speed Range


Reporting Unit: Speed Range (mph).

Provides: Aggregate: Count Totals, Percentages, Averages, Standard Deviations.




D.18.4.1 Average Weights & Spacings By Speed, Class 9: Report Detail

Overweight: Refers to a vehicle with an Overweight WIM Status Condition.

Column Definitions



Weight(kips)

Axle 1 Left Wheel Weight of first Left Wheel Axle per Speed Range.

Axle 1 Right Wheel Weight of first Right Wheel Axle per Speed Range.

Steer Axle Weight of Steer Axle (combined 1st axle wheel weights) per Speed Range.

Tractor Tandem Axles Combined Weight of 2nd and 3rd axles per Speed Range.

Trailer Tandem Axles Combined Weight of 4th and 5th axles per Speed Range.

GVW Gross Vehicle Weight per Speed Range.

Count

Total Vehicle Count per Speed Range.

Overweight Overweight Vehicle Count per Speed Range.


IANALYZE PAGE D-170

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015


% Overweight Overweight Vehicle Count % per Speed Range: (Overweight Vehicle Count/Total Overweight Vehicle Count) * 100;

Spacings(ft)

Tractor Tandem Axles Spacing between 2nd and 3rd axles, per Speed Range.

Trailer Tandem Axles Spacing between 4th and 5th axles, per Speed Range.

Row Definitions

Speed (mph) Row Description

Per Speed Range Vehicle Weights; Vehicle Counts; Overweight Vehicle Counts and Percentages; Tandem Axle Spacings.

(Row) Avg.(s) Average Weights (Over All Speeds);

Total Vehicle Count (Over All Speeds);

Total Overweight Vehicle Count (Over All Speeds);

Average Overweight Vehicle Count %: (Overweight Vehicle Count/Total Overweight Vehicle Count) * 100)/ Number of Speed Ranges;

Average Spacings (Over All Speeds).

(Row) Std Dev.(s) Standard Weight Deviations (Over All Speeds);

Standard Spacing Deviations (Over All Speeds).

D.18.4.1 Average Weights & Spacings By Speed Class 9: Sample Report

Appendix Report 85 CTWIM: Avg Weights & Spacings By Speed Class 9


IANALYZE PAGE D-171

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.18.5 Average Weights & Lengths By Speed Class 11

Report Function



Weight(kips): Vehicle Weights (kips) and GVW


Lengths(ft): Vehicle Length and Wheel Base

By: Speed Range







D.18.5.1 Average Weights & Lengths By Speed Class 11: Report Detail


Column Definitions



Weight(kips)







Count




IANALYZE PAGE D-172

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015


% Overweight Overweight Vehicle Count % per Speed Range: (Overweight Vehicle Count/Total Overweight Vehicle Count) *100;

Lengths(ft)

Vehicle Length Vehicle Length per Speed Range.

Wheel Base Vehicle Wheel Base (combined total of axle spacings), per Speed Range.

Row Definitions


Per Speed Range Vehicle Weights; Vehicle Counts; Overweight Vehicle Counts and Percentages; Vehicle Length and Wheel Base.





Average Lengths (Over All Speeds).


Standard Length Deviations (Over All Speeds).

D.18.5.2 Average Weights & Lengths By Speed Class 11: Sample Report

Appendix Report 86 CTWIM: Avg Weights & Lengths By Speed Class 11


IANALYZE PAGE D-173

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.18.6 Average Weights & Lengths By Speed Class 14

Report Function



Weight(kips): Vehicle Weights (kips) and GVW


Lengths(ft): Vehicle Length and Wheel Base

By: Speed Range







D.18.6.1 Average Weights & Lengths By Speed Class: Report Detail


Column Definitions



Weight(kips)







Count




IANALYZE PAGE D-174

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015


% Overweight Overweight Vehicle Count % per Speed Range: (Overweight Vehicle Count/Total Overweight Vehicle Count) *100;

Lengths(ft)

Vehicle Length Vehicle Length per Speed Range.

Wheel Base Vehicle Wheel Base (combined total of axle spacings) per Speed Range.

Row Definitions


Per Speed Range Vehicle Weights; Vehicle Counts; Overweight Vehicle Counts and Percentages; Vehicle Length and Wheel Base.





Average Lengths (Over All Speeds).


Standard Length Deviations (Over All Speeds).

D.18.6.2 Average Weights & Lengths By Speed Class 14: Sample Report

Appendix Report 87 CTWIM: Avg Weights & Lengths By Speed Class 14


IANALYZE PAGE D-175

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

OTHER

D.19.1 Average Temperature By Hour

A temperature sensor must be installed on site to supply requisite data for this report.

Report Function:

Avg Temp Per Hour: This report displays Average Hourly Temperatures for the day.


Includes: N/A.


D.19.1.1 Average Temperature By Hour: Report Detail

Column Definitions


Avg Temp Average Temperature


Row Definitions


Per Hour Average Temperature per Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-176

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.19.1.2 Average Temperature By Hour: Sample Report

Appendix Report 88 Other: Average Temperature By Hour


IANALYZE PAGE D-177

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.19.2 Autocalibration

Report Function:






For each lane, a count of the number of calibration class vehicles for each sub-range, the average front axle weight, standard deviation and percent standard deviation. Uses weight good vehicles of the autocalibration vehicle type.

Please refer to the Software Users Manual, IRD Weigh in Motion Data Collection System, Version 7.5.0, Rev. E, Section 6.7 for a detailed explanation of autocalibration and how it works.

D.19.2.1 Autocalibration: Report Detail

Report columns are:

GVW range – for each lane there is a GVW range as listed below in the report rows.

count of autocalibration vehicles (typically a specified type of class 9 vehicles)

average front axle weight of specified type of vehicles

standard deviation of the front axle weight of specified type of vehicles

% Std – std / avg * 100 Report rows are:

lane

< 32 Kips

32 – 70 Kips

> 70 Kips

The GVW ranges can be adjusted in the Report Parameters window.


IANALYZE PAGE D-178

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.19.2.2 Autocalibration: Sample Report

Appendix Report 89 Other: Autocalibration


IANALYZE PAGE D-179

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.19.3 WIM Error By Class - CVO

Report Function:

This report calculates: Average time for a vehicle on the static scale; and Calculates differences between WIM and static scale weights during the specified reporting period.

Reporting Interval: As per the specified date range.

Includes: Average, Standard Deviation and Percentage calculations.



D.19.3.1 WIM Error By Class - CVO: Sample Report

Appendix Report 90 Other: WIM Error By Class – CVO


IANALYZE PAGE D-180

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.19.3.2 WIM Error By Class - CVO: Report Detail

Provides a count of WIM Errors occurring per vehicle Class.

Error for each selected class of vehicle is displayed by type of axle grouping (steer, single, tandem, tridem and quadrem) and for GVW, listed as average percent error between WIM and static scale weights and as percentage of WIM weights that are more than two standard deviations from static scale weights.

To produce this report, the site data must contain static scale weights. The site configuration (section 7) Lane information must specify a static scale lane by includingSS (case sensitive) or the wordscale (not case sensitive) in the Name of the lane:

In the Report Wizard (section 6.1.3) Lane Grouping must be set toSeparate and the static scale lane must be selected:

If any of the above three requirements are not met, a warning message will be displayed stating that information in the report should be disregarded.


IANALYZE PAGE D-181

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.19.4 PRN Speed By Class

Report Function:

The PRN Speed by Class report is used to convert per vehicle data from any iANALYZE input data file into a standard PRN Speed By Class data file.

iANALYZE Report Display:

FHWA Output Filename Syntax:

<D><MM><DD><nnn>.PRN

Where:

<D> D Prefix; 1 letter


<DD> Day; 2 digits

<NN> 2 digits; and

.PRN Represents the 3 letter Printer report format extension.

D.19.4.1 PRN Speed By Class: Sample Report

Appendix Report 91 Other Reports: PRN Speed By Class


IANALYZE PAGE D-182

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.19.4.2 PRN Speed By Class: Report Detail

Lane Direction Codes: 0 – North; 1 – East; 2 – South; 3 – West

The table below describes the default .PRN format:

RECORD 1 CHARACTERS

STATION # 1-12

BUFFER 13

ID # 14-25

BUFFER 26

UNIT ID 27-28

BUFFER 29

START TIME 30-33

BUFFER 34

START DATE 35-40

BUFFER 41

END TIME 42-45

BUFFER 46

END DATE 47-52

BUFFER 53

MAIN INTERVAL 54-57

BUFFER 58

LANE LAYOUT 59-60

BUFFER 61

TOTAL LANES 62

BUFFER 63

RATIO 64-66

BUFFER 67-70

# OF RECORDS 71-75

FORMAT CODE 76-78

BUFFER 79-88

CR/LF 89-90

RECORD 2 CHARACTERS

PEAK 1 ST TIME 1-4

BUFFER 5

PEAK 1 ED TIME 6-9

BUFFER 10

PEAK 1 INTV 11-14

BUFFER 15

PEAK 2 ST TIME 16-19

BUFFER 20

PEAK 2 ED TIME 21-24

BUFFER 25


IANALYZE PAGE D-183

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

PEAK 2 INTV 26-29

BUFFER 30

PEAK 3 ST TIME 31-34

BUFFER 35

PEAK 3 ED TIME 36-39

BUFFER 40

PEAK 3 INTV 41-44

BUFFER 45

DIR CODES 46-53

BUFFER 54-88

CR/LF 89-90

RECORD 3 CHARACTERS

(‘) APOSTROPHE 1

CITY 2-21

(‘) APOSTROPHE 22

COUNTY 23-42

(‘) APOSTROPHE 43

LOCATION 44-83

BUFFER 84-88

CR/LF 89-90

RECORDS 4 to 6 CHARACTERS

BIN DATA TYPE 1-2

BUFFER 3

NUMBER OF BINS 4-5

BUFFER 6-13

BIN 1 LIMIT 14-17

BUFFER 18

BIN 2 LIMIT 19-22

BUFFER 23

BIN 3 LIMIT 24-27

BUFFER 28

BIN 4 LIMIT 29-32

BUFFER 33

BIN 5 LIMIT 34-37

BUFFER 38

BIN 6 LIMIT 39-42

BUFFER 43

BIN 7 LIMIT 44-47

BUFFER 48

BIN 8 LIMIT 49-52


IANALYZE PAGE D-184

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

BUFFER 53

BIN 9 LIMIT 54-57

BUFFER 58

BIN 10 LIMIT 59-62

BUFFER 63

BIN 11 LIMIT 64-67

BUFFER 68

BIN 12 LIMIT 69-72

BUFFER 73

BIN 13 LIMIT 74-77

BUFFER 78

BIN 14 LIMIT 79-82

BUFFER 83

BIN 15 LIMIT 84-87

BUFFER 88

CR/LF 89-90

DATA RECORDS CHARACTERS

SEC BIN # 1-2

BUFFER 3

ROW BIN # 4-5

BUFFER 6

DIRECTION 7

BUFFER 8

END INTV TIME 9-12

BIN 1 DATA 14-17

BUFFER 18

BIN 2 DATA 19-22

BUFFER 23

BIN 3 DATA 24-27

BUFFER 28

BIN 4 DATA 29-32

BUFFER 33

BIN 5 DATA 34-37

BUFFER 38

BIN 6 DATA 39-42

BUFFER 43

BIN 7 DATA 44-47

BUFFER 48

BIN 8 DATA 49-52

BUFFER 53

BIN 9 DATA 54-57

BUFFER 58


IANALYZE PAGE D-185

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

BIN 10 DATA 59-62

BUFFER 63

BIN 11 DATA 64-67

BUFFER 68

BIN 12 DATA 69-72

BUFFER 73

BIN 13 DATA 74-77

BUFFER 78

BIN 14 DATA 79-82

BUFFER 83

BIN 15 DATA 84-87

BUFFER 88

CR/LF 89-90

NOTES:

Direction codes are controlled by the definitions the user creates in Road Reporter

LANE LAYOUT

00 = ONE TUBE/PIEZO

01 = ONE LOOP

02 = TWO TUBE/PEIZO

03 = TWO TUBE/PIEZO WITH ONE LOOP

04 = TWO LOOPS

05 = TWO LOOPS WITH ONE TUBE/PIEZO

FORMAT CODE

DIGIT 1 = LANE CODE

DIGIT 2 = 0 FOR PIEZO, 1 FOR NO PIEZO

DIGIT 3 = 0 FOR IMPERIAL, 1 FOR METRIC

DATA TYPE

01 = LANE

02 = CLASSIFICATION

03 = SPEED

04 = HEADWAY

05 = GAP

06 = LENGTH

07 = PVR


IANALYZE PAGE D-186

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.19.5 ASTM 1318 Type I WIM Compliance

The ASTM WIM Compliance reports shows the accuracy of the WIM weights and compared to the static scale weights for the specified report period.

The ASTM WIM Compliance reports display the count of the total number of weights, the percent of compliant weights and an explicit Pass/Fail for each weight type (Single Axle Weight, Axle Group Weight, and GVW) as well as the total number of vehicles used.

These reports use the following WIM accuracies taken from the ASTM E1318-09 standard.

Type I Type II Type III

Single Axle +/- 20% +/- 30% +/- 15%

Axle Group +/- 15% +/- 20% +/- 10%

GVW +/- 10% +/- 15% +/- 6%

To produce this report, the site data must contain static scale weights. The site configuration (section 7) Lane information must specify a static scale lane by including SS (case sensitive) or the wordscale (not case sensitive) in the Name of the lane.


IANALYZE PAGE D-187

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

In the Report Wizard (section 6.1.3) Lane Grouping must be set toSeparate and the static scale lane must be selected:

If any of the above three requirements are not met, a warning message will be displayed stating that information in the report should be disregarded.


IANALYZE PAGE D-188

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.19.5.1 ASTM 1318 Type I WIM Compliance: Report Detail

D.19.5.2 ASTM 1318 Type I WIM Compliance: Sample Report

Appendix Report 92 Other: ASTM 1318 Type I WIM Compliance


IANALYZE PAGE D-189

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.19.6 ASTM 1318 Type II WIM Compliance

D.19.6.1 ASTM 1318 Type II WIM Compliance: Report Detail

D.19.6.2 ASTM 1318 Type II WIM Compliance: Sample Report

Appendix Report 93 Other: ASTM 1318 Type II WIM Compliance


IANALYZE PAGE D-190

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.19.7 ASTM 1318 Type III WIM Compliance

D.19.7.1 ASTM 1318 Type III WIM Compliance: Report Detail

D.19.7.2 ASTM 1318 Type III WIM Compliance: Sample Report

Appendix Report 94 Other: ASTM 1318 Type III WIM Compliance


IANALYZE PAGE D-191

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

D.19.8 Customizable WIM Compliance

This report is similar to the ASTM reports (Appendix A.14.5).

However, this report has the following WIM accuracies as default values.

Single Axle +/- 10%

Axle Group +/- 6%

GVW +/- 4%

These values are configurable in the Report Parameters Window

D.19.8.1 Customizable WIM Compliance: Report Detail

D.19.8.2 Customizable WIM Compliance: Sample Report

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL APPENDIX E CUSTOM REPORTS

IANALYZE PAGE E-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix E CUSTOM REPORTS

CUSTOM

Custom reports provide vehicle data statistics with variations of and additions to standard report formats.

Reference will be made to the supporting report format.

Ensure that the appropriate unit is selected (imperial or metric) for the specified range parameters.

E.1.1 Custom: TRIPS - 200

Report Function:

The custom TRIPS (Transport Improvement Planning System) report provides a specialized lane count report in which 15 WIM Axle Weight classes are compressed into four (4) bins.

This report cannot be generated with Binned data.

Data Filter: Must be set to Hour (warning message will be generated).


iANALYZE Report Display: Linked Report Directory.

Report Filename: TRIPS.<sID>

Where <sID> is the Site ID configured in the Site Editor.

E.1.1.1 Custom: TRIPS - 200; Sample Report


IANALYZE PAGE E-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix Report 95 Custom: TRIPS - 200 Report

E.1.1.2 Custom: TRIPS - 200; Report Detail

Report Detail Description

Report Header

*BEGIN 90 <sID>000 0060 2 *AXLES 1 2 3 4 AXLE #

Report Footer

*AXLES 1 2 3 4 AXLE # *END 90 <sID>000 0060 2 Site Identification: rcs

Date Range/Time: 150715 2015, July 15

0100, 2400 12 AM - 12 PM

Lanes: 6

Each hourly block (row) of data consists of:

Date YYMMDD format

Time 24 hour format (0100 to 2400)

Vehicle Counts for each enabled lane (includes 4 vehicle count bins)

Bin1 Classes 0 to 3; and 15 (special class).


IANALYZE PAGE E-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Generated from either data summary or vehicle record data as determined by reporting parameters selection.

Bin2 Classes 4 to 7.

Generated from vehicle record file data.





Axle Count Total Number of Axles divided by 2.

Error vehicles without defined axles assumed to have two axles.


IANALYZE PAGE E-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.2 Custom: PVR (Per Vehicle Record) - 201

Report Function:

This custom PVR generates an CSV listing of vehicle data records and captures the following as individual records:

Vehicle Classification; and Vehicle Weight data.

Supporting Report: TMG 2013 Detailed Per Vehicle Report

See Appendix D.9.1.2 TMG 2013 Detailed Per Vehicle Report.


iANALYZE Report Display: Linked Report Directory.

Report Filename:

<SS><YY>[<sID].CSV

Where: <SS> State Code; 2 characters. <YY> Year; Last 2 digits. [<sID>] Optional Site ID.

CSV File Type Extension.

E.1.2.1 Custom: PVR (Per Vehicle Record) - 201; Sample Report


IANALYZE PAGE E-5

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix Report 96 Custom: PVR (Per Vehicle Record) - 201 Report


IANALYZE PAGE E-6

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.2.2 Custom: PVR (Per Vehicle Record) - 201; Report Detail


Field Description

Record Type

FIPS State Code

Station ID

1 Direction of Travel Code

2 Lane of Travel

3 Year of Data

4 Month of Data

5 Day of Data

6 Day of Week

7 Hour

8 Minute

9 Second

10 Total Weight

11 Total Length (bumper to bumper)

12 Vehicle Speed

13 Vehicle Classification

14 Number of Axles

15 Axles 1-2 Spacing











25+

Appendix Table 13 Individual Vehicle Record (C Variant) Detail





IANALYZE PAGE E-7

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.3 Custom: Vehicle Classification - 202

Report Function:



Report data is separated into Lanes.

Supporting Report: FHWA: TMG 2013 Vehicle Classification.

Format: Variable Length Record.


Output File Name Syntax:

4<sID><mm><dd>.<yy>

Where: <sID> Site Identifier <mm> Month; 2 digits <dd > Day; 2 digits; and

File Extension:

<yy> Year; Last 2 digits.

E.1.3.1 Custom: Vehicle Classification - 202; Sample Report

Appendix Report 97 Custom: Vehicle Classification Report - 202


IANALYZE PAGE E-8

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.3.2 Custom: Vehicle Classification - 202; Report Detail




1 1 1 Record Type C

























Appendix Table 14 Custom: Vehicle Classification Record - 202 (C Variant) Detail





IANALYZE PAGE E-9

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.4 Custom: Truck Weight - 203

Report Function:


Class Range user specified; Filtering allowed below class 4.

Report data is separated into lanes.

Supporting Report: TMG 2013 Truck Weight Report


7<sID><mm><dd>.<yy>

Where: <sID> Site Identifier <mm> Month; 2 digits <dd> Day; 2 digits; and

File Extension:


E.1.4.1 Custom: Truck Weight - 203: Sample Report

Appendix Report 98 Custom: Truck Weight Report - 203


IANALYZE PAGE E-10

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.4.2 Custom: Truck Weight - 203; Report Detail




1 1 1 Record Type C










11 24-26 3 Open O





















32 116-120 5 Axle Weight 10 C/O

33 121-124 4 Axles 10-11 Spacing C/O

34 125-129 5 Axle Weight 11 C/O

35 130-133 4 Axles 11-12 Spacing C/O

36 134-138 5 Axle Weight 12 C/O

Appendix Table 15 Custom Truck Weight - 203 Record Detail





IANALYZE PAGE E-11

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.5 Custom: Traffic Volume - 204

Report Function:




Report Data is separated into Lanes.

Supporting Report: FHWA: TMG 2013 Traffic Volume.

Format: Fixed Record Length, Fixed Width Field.




3<sID><mm><dd>.<yy>

Where: <sID> Site Identifier. <mm> Month; 2 digits. <dd > Day; 2 digits; and

File Extension:


E.1.5.1 Custom: Traffic Volume-204; Sample Report

Appendix Report 99 Custom: Traffic Volume Report - 204


IANALYZE PAGE E-12

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.5.2 Custom: Traffic Volume - 204; Report Detail


Record Type: 3 # 3 Record


1 1 1 Record Type C















16 48-52 5 Traffic Volume Counted, after 05:00 - to 06:00 O




















Appendix Table 16 Custom Traffic Volume - 204 Record Detail

For an in-depth detailed explanation of the Hourly Traffic Volume Record format refer to the FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide, 2001 Edition Section 6.3 Traffic Volume Data Formats.




IANALYZE PAGE E-13

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.6 Custom: Speed Data - 205

Report Function:


Each record contains 1 hour of data.



Lanes or hours with no data are not included in the report.

For overlapping Bin ranges, the first value in a bin is inclusive and the second is exclusive, i.e.,

a vehicle with a speed of 35 mph will be included in the 2nd bin (35-40mph) and excluded from the first bin (0-35mph).

Report includes non-error vehicles only.

Supporting Report: FHWA: TMG 2013 Speed Data.

Format: Fixed Length Record, Fixed Width Field.





S<sID><mm><dd>.<yy>

Where: <sID> Site Identifier. <mm> Month; 2 digits. <dd > Day; 2 digits; and

File Extension:


E.1.6.1 Custom: Speed Data - 205; Sample Report


IANALYZE PAGE E-14

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix Report 100 Custom: Speed Data Report - 205

E.1.6.2 Custom: Speed Data - 205; Report Detail


In an ASCII format report, fields are separated by commas.

Field Width Description

1 1 Lane Number

2 2 Hour of Day

3 4 Speed Bin 1 (0-35 mph) Vehicle Count











14 4 Speed Bin 12 (85+ mph) Vehicle Count

15 3 Site ID

16 6 Date of Data (mmddyy)

Appendix Table 17 Custom: Speed Data Report - 205 Record Detail




IANALYZE PAGE E-15

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.7 Custom: ASCII Raw Data - 206

Report Function:

Provides a data output very similar to the IRD ASCII Vehicle Records report with the following differences:

Timestamps now contain hundredths of seconds (previously were rounded to the nearest second)

Empty eternal data fields now displayNO_AVI_TAG (previously would just be blank)

Default temperature changed to 32. (previously, whatever data was actually in the data file was displayed.)

Status field removed.

The error field displays the single worst error or status, depending on the user priority assigned to a given error/status. Refer to the table at the bottom of this page for a listing of error/warning codes.

E.1.7.1 Custom: ASCII Raw Data - 206; Sample Report

Appendix Report 101 Custom: ASCII Raw Data - 206 Report


IANALYZE PAGE E-16

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.7.2 Custom: ASCII Raw Data - 206; Report Detail

One report row contains the information for one vehicle.

Report columns in each row (i.e. vehicle record) are:

year, month, day, hour, minute, second, hundredths of a second, error number, record type, lane, speed, class, length, gvw, esal, weight 1, axle spacing 1-2, weight 2, axle spacing 2-3, …, weight 13, axle spacing 13-14, weight 14, external data fields (from 1-10), temperature.

The priority of errors is determined by checking for an error priority table in the following order:

1. The error priority file, named ErrorPriorities.xml, in the iANALYZEParams directory;

2. or, if the above can be found but is not readable, the Error Priority will be set to the value listed in the column below

3. or, if the above cannot be found the Error Priority (default) will be set to the value listed in the column below:

Code Description Type (Error/

Warning) Error

Priority

0 Good Vehicle (no Errors or Warnings) None 0

1 Min Speed Error 192

2 Missed Axle Transfer Error 192

3 Missed Axle Processing Error 192

4 Loop A Only Error 192

5 Too Fast Error 192

6 Unequal Axle Count Error 192

7 Loop B Only Error 192

8 Too Fast 1 Error 192

9 Too Many Axles Error 192

10 Zero Axles Detected Error 192

11 One Axle Detected Error 192

12 Min Speed 1 Error 192

13 Axle Order Error 192

14 Loop Order Error 192

15 Offscale Error 192

16 Offscale Warning 64

17 Overheight Warning 64

18 Speed Change Warning 64

19 Significant Weight Difference Warning 64

20 Interrupt Interruption Warning 64

21 Unequal Axle Count Warning 64

22 Wrong Lane Warning 32

23 Tailgaiting Warning 32

24 Onscale Missed Warning 64

25 Safety Sort Warning 32

26 Invalid vehicle Error 224


IANALYZE PAGE E-17

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Code Description Type (Error/

Warning) Error

Priority

27 Speed Limit Exceeded Warning 32

28 Overweight Warning 16

29 Parking Lot vehicle Error 224

30 Not WIM Lane Warning 32

31 Late Warning 64

32 Unexpected Warning 64

33 Past Due Warning 64

34 Overlength Warning 64

35 No match Warning 32

36 Lateral Position Warning 33

37 Running Scale Warning 32

38 Cross Over Vehicle Error 224


IANALYZE PAGE E-18

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.8 Custom: Heartbeat-207

Report Function:

Provides the parsed output of the heartbeat logs maintained by some IRD systems.

These logs are simple records of system operation taken at certain time intervals.

E.1.8.1 Custom: Heartbeat-207; Sample Report

Appendix Report 102 Custom: Heartbeat - 207 Report

E.1.8.2 Custom: Heartbeat-207; Report Detail

For example, an excerpt from a sample log set to 15 min intervals:

May 16 00:13:00 2006 up 18 days, 13:27,

May 16 00:28:00 2006 up 18 days, 13:42,

May 16 00:43:00 2006 up 18 days, 13:57,

May 16 00:58:00 2006 up 18 days, 14:12,

Each log entry is contained on one line.

Each log entry will be one of the following:

A system Startup event (e.g.Apr 27 10:46:53 2006 System Starting Up ).

A system Shutdown event (e.g.Apr 27 09:39:35 2006 System Shutting Down ).

An indication of a missing log file. (e.g.Could not find heartbeat log file C:Alaska\VEH_RCRD\20060517.POA.hbt ).

An indication of a corrupt/unreadable log file (e.g.Found but could not read heartbeat log file C:Alaska\VEH_RCRD\20060517.POA.hbt ).


IANALYZE PAGE E-19

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.9 Custom: Vehicle Classification with Zeros - 208

Report Function:



The report data is separated into lanes.

Lanes and/or time periods that have no data are filled with zeros.


Supporting Report: FHWA: TMG 2013 Vehicle Classification.

Format: Variable Length Record.



4<sID><mm><dd> (Custom: Vehicle Classification with Zeros).<yy>

Where: <sID> Site Identifier <mm> Month; 2 digits <dd > Day; 2 digits Custom: Vehicle Classification with Zeros; and

File Extension:


E.1.9.1 Custom: Vehicle Classification with Zeros - 208; Sample Report

Appendix Report 103 Custom: Vehicle Classification With Zeroes - 208 Report


IANALYZE PAGE E-20

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.9.2 Custom: Vehicle Classification with Zeros -208; Report Detail



1 1 1 Record Type C

























Appendix Table 18 Custom: Vehicle Class w Zeroes - 208 (C Variant) Detail





IANALYZE PAGE E-21

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.10 Custom: Axle Load Survey-209

Report Function:

The Custom Axle Load Survey provides tables of ESAL data. For each time period (usually by hour) the table lists the ESAL average equivalency factor for each axle by class, the average GVW for each class, the Total ESAL for the class, and the Equivalency Factor (ESAL divided by number of vehicles) for the class.

E.1.10.1 Custom: Axle Load Survey-209; Report Detail

Report columns are:

Hour.

Class, Class Description, and Axle Range (number of axles)

Traffic Volume (vehicle count)

One column for each axle (1 through 12)

Average GVW (tonnes)

Total ESAL (sum ESALs for the class)

Total ESAL Equivalence Factors ( Total ESAL divided by the number of vehicles) Report rows are:

Vehicle classes; an example of the classes, descriptions and axle ranges is:: Class Description Axle Range

2 Passenger Cars (with or without Trailers) 2-4 3 2 Axle, 4 Tire Single Units (with or without Trailers) 2-5 4 Busses 2-3 5 2 Axle 6 Tire Single Unit Trucks 2-5 6 3 Axle Single Unit Trucks 3 7 4 Axle Single Unit Trucks 4 8 3 or 4 Axle Single Trailer Trucks 3-4 9 5 Axle Single Trailer Trucks 5 10 6 or More Axle Single Trailer Trucks 5 11 5 Axle Multi-Trailer Vehicles 5 12 6 Axle Multi-Trailer Vehicles 6 13 7 or More Axle Multi-Trailer Vehicles 7-12


IANALYZE PAGE E-22

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.10.2 Custom: Axle Load Survey-209; Sample Report

Appendix Report 104 Custom: Axle Load Summary - 209


IANALYZE PAGE E-23

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.11 Custom: Traffic Volume with Zeros - 210

Report Function:

This is a custom FHWA TMG Truck Weight report.

E.1.11.1 Custom: Traffic Volume with Zeros - 210; Sample Report

Appendix Report 105 Custom: Traffic Volume With Zeroes - 210

E.1.11.2 Custom: Traffic Volume with Zeros - 210; Report Detail


The report will fill lanes and/or time periods that have no data with zeros.

The output file name is in the format: 7<stn><mm><dd>.<yy> where <stn> is

the site identifier, <mm> is the two digit month number, <dd > is the two digit day of

month, and <yy> is the two digit year number.


IANALYZE PAGE E-24

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.12 Custom: Speed Data with Zeros - 211

Report Function:





Lanes or hours with no data are included in the report and are filled with zeros.










S<sID><mm><dd>(Custom Speed Data with Zeroes - 211).<yy>

Where: <sID> Site Identifier <mm> Month; 2 digits (Custom Speed Data with Zeroes - 211)

<dd> Day; 2 digits; and

File Extension:


E.1.12.1 Custom: Speed Data with Zeros - 211; Sample Report


IANALYZE PAGE E-25

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix Report 106 Custom: Speed Data With Zeroes Report - 211

E.1.12.2 Custom: Speed Data with Zeros - 211; Report Detail




1 1 Lane Number

2 2 Hour of Day













15 3 Site ID

16 6 Date of Data (mmddyy)

Appendix Table 19 Custom: Speed Data With Zeroes - 211 Record Detail




IANALYZE PAGE E-26

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.13 Custom: Hourly Volume Summary - 212

Report Function:

This is a custom FHWA TMG Traffic Volume report.

E.1.13.1 Custom: Hourly Volume Summary - 212: Sample Report

Appendix Report 107 Custom: Hourly Volume Summary - 212 Report

E.1.13.2 Custom: Hourly Volume Summary - 212: Report Detail


IANALYZE PAGE E-27

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.14 Custom: ASCII Classification - 213

Report Function:

This is a custom FHWA TMG Vehicle classification report.

The output file name is in the format <yy><mm><dd>CL.<stn>.<ext> where <yy> is

the two digit year number, <mm> is the two digit month number, <dd> is the two digit day

of month, <stn> is the site identifier, and <ext> is the three character file type extension.

E.1.14.1 Custom: ASCII Classification - 213: Sample Report

Appendix Report 108 Custom: ASCII Classification - 213 Report

E.1.14.2 Custom: ASCII Classification - 213; Report Detail


The report will fill lanes and/or time periods that have no data with zeros.


IANALYZE PAGE E-28

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.15 Custom: ASCII Speed - 214

Report Function:



Report is not to be displayed in Intervals.


Lanes or hours with no speed data are filled with zeros.


Supporting Report: FHWA: TMG 2013 Vehicle Speed Data.






<yy><mm><dd>SP.<sID>

Where: <yy> Year, last 2 digits. <mm> Month, 2 digit format. <dd> Day, 2 digit format. SP. ; and

File Extension:

<sID> Site Identifier.

E.1.15.1 Custom: ASCII Speed - 214; Sample Report


IANALYZE PAGE E-29

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix Report 109 Custom: ASCII Speed Report - 214

E.1.15.2 Custom: ASCII Speed - 214: Report Detail




1 1 Lane Number

2 2 Hour of Day










12 4 Speed Bin10 (76-80 mph) Vehicle Count



Appendix Table 20 Custom: ASCII Speed - 214 Record Detail




IANALYZE PAGE E-30

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.16 Custom: ASCII Truck Record - 215

Report Function:

This custom report that outputs speed data as an ASCII file.

FHWA Output Filename Syntax:

yymmddTR.<STA> where yy is the year, mm the month, dd the day of the month, and STA is the three digit site ID. The file format is as specified below:

Data

iANALYZE Report Display: Linked Report Display

E.1.16.1 Custom: ASCII Truck Record - 215; Sample Report

Appendix Report 110 Custom: ASCII Truck Record - 215


IANALYZE PAGE E-31

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.16.2 Custom: ASCII Truck Record - 215; Report Detail

Code Description Type (Error/Warning)

Error Priority

0 Good Vehicle (no Errors or Warnings) None 0

1 Min Speed Error 192

2 Missed Axle Transfer Error 192

3 Missed Axle Processing Error 192

4 Loop A Only Error 192

5 Too Fast Error 192

6 Unequal Axle Count Error 192

7 Loop B Only Error 192

8 Too Fast 1 Error 192

9 Too Many Axles Error 192

10 Zero Axles Detected Error 192

11 One Axle Detected Error 192

12 Min Speed 1 Error 192

13 Axle Order Error 192

14 Loop Order Error 192

15 Offscale Error 192

16 Offscale Warning 64

17 Overheight Warning 64

18 Speed Change Warning 64

19 Significant Weight Difference Warning 64

20 Interrupt Interruption Warning 64

21 Unequal Axle Count Warning 64

22 Wrong Lane Warning 32

23 Tailgaiting Warning 32

24 Onscale Missed Warning 64

25 Safety Sort Warning 32

26 Invalid vehicle Error 224

27 Speed Limit Exceeded Warning 32

28 Overweight Warning 16

29 Parking Lot vehicle Error 224

30 Not WIM Lane Warning 32

31 Late Warning 64

32 Unexpected Warning 64

33 Past Due Warning 64

34 Overlength Warning 64

35 No match Warning 32

36 Lateral Position Warning 33

37 Running Scale Warning 32

38 Cross Over Vehicle Error 224

Description Length Starts in Column

Lane 2 1

Month 2 3

Day 4 6

Year 4 9

Hour 4 12


IANALYZE PAGE E-32

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Minute 4 15

Second 4 18

Vehicle No. 4 21

Class 4 27

Gross Weight 4 30

Length 4 37

Speed 4 44

Violation Code 4 50

Axle 1 Rt. Weight 4 54

Axle 1 Lt. Weight 4 59



Axle 1-2 Spacing 4 74













Sxle 7 Rt. Weight 4 139









Vendor Specific Optional Fields 4 184

Assumptions:

Report is to include all vehicles Units are Kips and Feet only Report uses Per Vehicle Data Weights, speeds, and lengths are to be rounded to one decimal place Hours displayed 0 through 23

The errors and warnings that will generate a violation code (field 13) are listed in the table below. The priority of errors is determined by checking for an error priority table in the following order:

1. The error priority file, named ErrorPriorities.xml, in the iANALYZEParams directory;

2. or, if the above can be found but is not readable, the Error Priority will be set to the value listed in the column below

3. or, if the above cannot be found the Error Priority (default) will be set to the value listed in the column below.


IANALYZE PAGE E-33

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.17 Custom: Overweight Vehicle - 216

Report Function:

This custom report generates a list of all vehicles deemed over the Allowed Gross Vehicle Weight limit for the reporting period.


E.1.17.1 Custom: Overweight Vehicle - 216; Report Detail

Column Headings Description

SI No SI Number Transaction/Ref No. Transaction Number Lane Lane Class Class Date Date Time Time GVW (tonnes) GVW Allowed GVW (tonnes) Total GVW Overweight Carried (tonnes) Overweight Carried % Overweight Percent of overweight vehicles

= overweight count / good weight vehicles * 100


IANALYZE PAGE E-34

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.17.2 Custom: Overweight Vehicle - 216: Sample Report

Appendix Report 111 Custom: Overweight Vehicle - 216


IANALYZE PAGE E-35

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.18 Custom: Overweight By Day Of Month – 217

Report Function:

This custom report generates a list of all Over Gross Vehicle Weight vehicles by class and day of the month.


E.1.18.1 Custom: Overweight By Day Of Month - 217; Report Detail


Interval Unit Day of Month (Weekday) Classification Vehicle Class Identifiers Count Weighed Overwt % Overwt


Per Day of the Month; Weekday Daily Vehicle Counts per Class beginning on the first day of the month

Week Total Average of the Vehicle Counts every seven (7) days or portion thereof, per Class. (*Does not include days for which no data has been collected).

Total Total Monthly Vehicle Count per Class


IANALYZE PAGE E-36

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.18.2 Custom: Overweight By Day Of Month - 217; Sample Report

Appendix Report 112 Custom: Overweight By Day Of Month - 217


IANALYZE PAGE E-37

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.19 Custom: Count By Percentage Overweight - 218

Report Function:

This custom report calculates over gross vehicle weight vehicles by class and the percentage that they are overweight (in increments of 10%).

E.1.19.1 Custom: Count By Percentage Overweight - 218; Report Detail

E.1.19.2 Custom: Count By Percentage Overweight - 218; Sample Report

Appendix Report 113 Custom: Count By Percentage Overweight - 218


IANALYZE PAGE E-38

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.20 Custom: ASCII Raw Data Fixed Width - 219

Report Function:

This custom report contains vehicle records in ASCII format; each field is a fixed width, so the fields of data always appear in the same location on a line in the file. Each line contains the information for one vehicle. Each vehicle record will contain 53 fields and ends with a carriage return (ASCII code 013); fields are fixed width, padded with spaces and separated by commas.

E.1.20.1 Custom: ASCII Raw Data Fixed Width - 219; Sample Report

Appendix Report 114 Custom: ASCII Raw Data Fixed Width - 219 Report


IANALYZE PAGE E-39

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.20.2 Custom: ASCII Raw Data Fixed Width - 219; Report Detail

The data fields (number of characters, excluding separator comma) are:

year (2), month (2), day (2), hour (2), minute (2), second (2), thousandths of a second (3) error number (3), record type (2), lane (2), speed (5), class (2), length (7), GVW (7), ESAL (6), weight axle 1 (6), axle spacing 1-2 (4), weight axle 2(6), axle spacing 2-3 (4), weight axle 3 (6), axle spacing 3-4 (4), weight axle 13 (6), axle spacing 13-14 (4), weight 14 (6), External data field 1 (20), External data field 2 (20), External data field 10 (20), temperature (3)


IANALYZE PAGE E-40

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.21 Custom: ASCII PAT Speed Report - 220

Report Function:

The ASCII PAT Speed Report captures the number of vehicles traveling in specified 5 mph speed bins during specified time period.



The number and range of speed bins is user configurable.




Lanes or hours with no data are included in the report and are filled with zeros.



Format: Variable Length Record, Fixed Width Field.





S<sID><mm><dd>(Custom ASCII PAT Speed Report - 220).<yy>

Where: <sID> Site Identifier <mm> Month, 2 digit format (Custom ASCII PAT Speed Report - 220)

<dd> Day, 2 digit format; and

File Extension:

<yy> Year, last 2 digits.

E.1.21.1 ASCII PAT Speed Report - 220; Sample Report


IANALYZE PAGE E-41

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix Report 115 Custom: ASCII PAT Speed Report - 220

E.1.21.2 Custom: ASCII PAT Speed Report - 220; Report Detail




1 1 Lane Number

2 2 Hour of Day

3 4 Speed Bin 1 Vehicle Count





N+2 4 Speed Bin N Vehicle Count

N+3 3 Site ID

N+4 6 Date of Data (mmddyy)

Appendix Table 21 Custom: ASCII PAT Speed - 220 Record Detail

For an in-depth detailed explanation of the Vehicle Speed Record detail and format refer to the FHWA Traffic Monitoring Guide, 2013 Edition Section 7.4 Speed Data Format.



IANALYZE PAGE E-42

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.22 Custom ASCII PAT Classification Report - 221

Report Function:

This is custom FHWA TMG Vehicle Classification report.

B<sID><mm><dd>.<yy>


File Extension:


E.1.22.1 Custom ASCII PAT Classification Report - 221; Sample Report

Appendix Report 116 Custom: ASCII PAT Classification Report - 221


IANALYZE PAGE E-43

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.22.2 Custom ASCII PAT Classification Report - 221; Report Detail

The report data are separated into lanes.

A new column, one character wide, is added after the axle information columns for the lane direction (specified in the TMG settings).

A new column, two characters wide, after the lane direction columns, is added for the number of axles measured on the vehicle.


IANALYZE PAGE E-44

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.23 Custom: ASCII PAT Truck Records - 222

Report Function:

Provides a custom report format that outputs truck records as an ASCII file, similar to the Custom ASCII Truck Record.

The user can specify the range of truck classes to be included in the report. This range must be a subset of the general range of classes selected for all data.

Output Filename Syntax:

A<sID><mm><dd>.<yy>


File Extension:


E.1.23.1 Custom: ASCII PAT Truck Records - 222; Sample Report

Appendix Report 117 Custom: ASCII PAT Truck Records - 222

E.1.23.2 Custom: ASCII PAT Truck Records - 222; Report Detail

The first column, lane number, is one character wide instead of two.

Columns 3 through 17, class counts, are five characters wide instead of four


IANALYZE PAGE E-45

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

A new 18th column is added for the site number, which is 3 characters wide.

A new 19th column is added for the recording date, which is 6 characters wide and in the format <mm><dd><yy>.

Column 13, Violation Code, reports a decimal value that corresponds to the hexadecimal PAT violation code

The number of axles in the report is configured by the user. The minimum number of axles is 2. For each additional axle there will be three columns of information (left weight, right weight, and spacing), up to the user defined number of axles.

The final column, temperature, is reported in degrees Kelvin regardless of user selected units.

Axle weight columns 14, 15; 16, 17; 19*, 20*; 22*, 23* ... are four characters wide. *for the number of axles defined by the user.

Decimal PAT Hex Violation description

1 0x01 Axle overweight

2 0x02 Tandem overweight

4 0x04 Gross overweight

8 0x08 Bridge overweight

16 0x10 Offscale (Unequal axle counts)

32 0x20 Overspeed

64 0x40 Unbalanced (significant weight difference)

128 0x80 Speed change

Appendix Table 22 Custom: ASCII PAT Truck Records - 222 Record Detail


IANALYZE PAGE E-46

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.24 Custom: FHWA TMG Vehicle Classification 4 Card (New Mexico) - 223

Report Function:

Provides a legacy format of the FHWA TMG Truck Weight records report from the second edition of the TMG, added as a custom report for use in New Mexico.


Supporting Report: FHWA: TMG 2001 Truck Weight.


Data (fields) always appear in the same location on each line of the file.

Weight Card: 4



<sID><SS><YY><MM><DD><sID>.<WC>cd

Where:

<sID> Site ID

<SS> State FIPS code; 2 letters;

<YY> Year; Last 2 digits


<DD> Day; 2 digits; and

File Extension:

.<WC>cd Weight Card Number cd


IANALYZE PAGE E-47

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.24.1 Custom: FHWA TMG Vehicle Classification 4 Card (NM) - 223; Sample Report

Appendix Report 118 Custom FHWA TMG Vehicle Classification: 4 Card Format

E.1.24.2 Custom: FHWA TMG Vehicle Classification 4 Card (NM) - 223; Report Detail

Each line contains:

classification counts for the specified hour and lane of travel.

26 fields that take 57 characters in the line; the remainder of the line is padded out to 80 characters with 23 spaces.

Fields are padded with leading zeroes.


IANALYZE PAGE E-48

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Fields Descriptions Per Line:

Field Characters

Hardcoded Value of 4 1

State Code 2

Functional Class 2

Station ID 3

Direction of Travel 1

Year 2

Month 2

Day 2

Hour 2

Class 1 Count 2

Class 2 Count 4

Class 3 Count 3

Class 4 Count 2

Class 5 Count 3

Class 6 Count 2

Class 7 Count 2

Class 8 Count 2

Class 9 Count 3

Class 10 Count 2

Class 11 Count 2

Class 12 Count 2

Class 13 Count 3

Hardcoded Value of 10 2

Lane of Travel 1

Undefinable Class Count 3

Error Class Count 3

Empty, Padded with spaces 23


IANALYZE PAGE E-49

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.25 Custom: FHWA TMG Truck Weight 7 Card (New Mexico) - 224

Report Function:

This report provides a legacy format of the FHWA TMG Truck Weight records report from the second edition of the TMG, added as a custom report for use in New Mexico.


Supporting Report: FHWA: TMG 2001 Truck Weights.


Data (fields) always appear in the same location on each line of the file.

Weight Card: 7



<sID><SS><YY><MM><DD><sID>.<WC>cd

Where:

<sID> Site ID

<SS> State FIPS code; 2 letters;

<YY> Year; Last 2 digits


<DD> Day; 2 digits; and

File Extension:

.<WC>cd Weight Card Number cd


IANALYZE PAGE E-50

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.25.1 Custom: FHWA TMG Truck Weight 7 Card (NM) - 224; Sample Report

Appendix Report 119 Custom FHWA TMG Vehicle Classification: 7 Card Format

E.1.25.2 Custom: FHWA TMG Truck Weight 7 Card (NM) - 224 Report Detail

One line of data per vehicle; except in the case of a vehicle with more than five axles which is split over two lines.

Field Descriptions: First 28 Characters

Field Characters

Hardcoded value of 7 1

State Code 2

Functional Class 2

Station ID 3

Direction of Travel 1

Year 2

Month 2

Day 2

Hour 2

FHWA Vehicle Type Code 6


Hardcoded value of two spaces 2


IANALYZE PAGE E-51

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Field Characters

Remainder of Line 1:


Hardcoded value of two spaces 2

Lane of Travel 1


GVW 4

Weight Axle 1 3

Weight Axle 2 3

Weight Axle 3 3

Weight Axle 4 3

Weight Axle 5 3

Axle Spacing 1-2 3

Axle Spacing 2-3 3

Axle Spacing 3-4 3

Axle Spacing 4-5 3

Wheelbase (Vehicle Length) 4

Truck Record Number 3

Line Termination Digit* (0,1) 1

Line 2 for >= 5 Axle Vehicles:

Weight Axle 6 3

Weight Axle 7 3

Weight Axle 8 3

Weight Axle 9 3

Weight Axle 10 3

Weight Axle 11 3

Weight Axle 12 3

Weight Axle 13 3

Axle Spacing 5-6 3

Axle Spacing 6-7 3

Axle Spacing 7-8 3

Axle Spacing 8-9 3

Axle Spacing 9-10 3

Axle Spacing 10-11 3



Truck Record Number 3

Line Termination Digit* (9) 1

Appendix Table 23 Custom: FHWA TMG Truck Weight 7 Card Record Detail


IANALYZE PAGE E-52

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.1.26 Custom: FHWA TMG Station Description (South Dakota) - 225

Report Function:

This report provides a legacy format of the FHWA TMG Truck Weight records report from the second edition of the TMG, added as a custom report for use in South Dakota.


Supporting Report: FHWA: TMG 2001 Station Description.

Format: Fixed Length Record.



2<sID><mm><dd>.<yy>

Where: <sID> Site Identifier <mm> Month; 2 digits <dd> Day; 2 digits; and

File Extension:


E.1.26.1 Custom: FHWA TMG Station Description (SD) - 225; Sample Report

Appendix Report 120 Custom: FHWA TMG Station Description (SD) - 225 Report

E.1.26.2 Custom: FHWA TMG Station Description (SD) - 225; Report Detail


IANALYZE PAGE E-53

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

CUSTOM-DATA VALIDITY CHECKS

E.2.1 Custom: Data Validity Check (TCC) - 500

Report Function:

Provides a summary of data that can be used to check if the data collected by a TCC-540 data collection device was valid for the period in question.

E.2.1.1 Custom: Data Validity Check (TCC) - 500; Report Detail

Columns: For the Specified Day

Day Date and day of the week.

Daily Count Count of vehicles.

# Hrs=0? Number of hours in which zero vehicles were counted.

# Hrs >2500? Number of hours for which the vehicle count exceeded 2500.

Error % Percentage of vehicles generating an error condition such that no weight was obtained.

Cl 9 Cnt Count of Class 9 vehicles.

Cl 9 % Cnt Percentage of Class 9 vehicles of the total classified vehicle count.

Avg Cl 9 Average Weight of Class 9 vehicles.

Avg F Axl Average Front Axle Weight of Class 9 vehicles.

CL 9 Avg 2-3 Spc Average Spacing between drive axles (axles 2 and 3) for Class 9 vehicles.

Summary Row: For the Reporting Period

Daily Count Average Daily vehicle count.

# Hrs=0? Total Number of hours in which zero vehicles were counted.

# Hrs >2500? Total Number of hours for which the vehicle count exceeded 2500.

Error % Average Daily percentage of vehicles generating an error condition in which no weight could be obtained.

Cl 9 Cnt Average Daily Class 9 vehicle count.

Cl 9 % Cnt Average Daily Percentage of Class 9 vehicles of the total classified vehicle count.

Avg Cl 9 Average Weight of Class 9 vehicles.

Avg F Axl Average Front Axle Weight of Class 9 vehicles.


Any field value outside the normal range for the site may indicate a problem with the data collection device resulting in valid data.


IANALYZE PAGE E-54

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.2.1.2 Custom: Data Validity Check (TCC) - 500; Sample Report

Appendix Report 121 Custom: Data Validity Check (TCC) - 500


IANALYZE PAGE E-55

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.2.2 Custom: Data Validity Check (iSINC) - 501

Report Function:

Provides a summary of data that can be used to confirm data collected by an iSINC data collection device is valid for a specified reporting period.

Left and right wheel weights are averaged over all vehicle axles.

E.2.2.1 Custom: Data Validity Check (iSINC) - 501; Report Detail

Columns: For the Specified Day

Day Date and day of the week.

Daily Count Daily Count of vehicles.

# Hrs=0? Number of hours in which zero vehicles were counted.

# Hrs >2500? Number of hours for which the vehicle count exceeded 2500.

Error % Percentage of vehicles generating an error condition such that no weight was obtained.

Status Clear % Daily Percentage of vehicles in which no errors or status warnings were generated.

Good Weight % Daily Percentage of vehicles for which an accurate weight was obtained.

Cl 9 Cnt Count of Class 9 vehicles.

Cl 9 % Cnt Percentage of Class 9 vehicles of the total classified vehicle count.

CL 9 % Warn Percentage of Class 9 vehicles generating at least one warning status.

CL 10 % Warn Percentage of Class 10 vehicles generating at least one warning status.

CL 9 Avg GVW Average Weight of class 9 vehicles.


Avg F Ax Wt Average Front Axle weight for Class 9 vehicles.

Avg L W Wt Average Left Wheel weight for Class 4 vehicles and above.

Avg R W Wt Average Right Wheel weight for Class 4 vehicles and above.

%Diff in LR Wts Percent Difference between Average Left and Right Wheel Weights.

Summary Row: For the Reporting Period

Daily Count Average Daily vehicle count.

# Hrs=0? Total Number of hours in which zero vehicles were counted.

# Hrs >2500? Total Number of hours for which the vehicle count exceeded 2500.

Error % Average Daily Percentage of vehicles generating an error condition in which no weight could be obtained.

Status Clear % Average Daily Percentage of vehicles in which no errors or status warnings were generated.


IANALYZE PAGE E-56

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Good Weight % Average Daily Percentage of vehicles for which an accurate weight was obtained.

Cl 9 Cnt Average Daily Count of Class 9 vehicles.

Cl 9 % Average Daily Percentage of Class 9 vehicles of the total classified vehicle count.

CL 9 % Warn Average Daily Percentage of Class 9 vehicles generating at least one warning status.

CL 10 % Warn Average Daily Percentage of Class 10 vehicles generating at least one warning status.

CL 9 Avg GVW Average Weight of Class 9 vehicles.


Avg F Ax Wt Average Front Axle weight for Class 9 vehicles.

Avg L W Wt Average Left Wheel weight for Class 4 vehicles and above.

Avg R W Wt Average Right Wheel weight for Class 4 vehicles and above.

%Diff in LR Wts Percent Difference between Average Left and Right Wheel Weights.


IANALYZE PAGE E-57

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.2.2.2 Custom: Data Validity Check (iSINC) - 501; Sample Report

Appendix Report 122 Custom: Data Validity Check (iSINC) - 501


IANALYZE PAGE E-58

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.2.3 Custom: Data Validity Check (ASCII) - 502

Report Function:

Provides an ASCII export data in CSV format used to verify data collection for a specified reporting period.

E.2.3.1 Custom: Data Validity Check (ASCII) - 502; Report Detail

This report ignores lane and interval filter settings.


502_<yyyy><mm><dd>_<yyyy><mm><dd>_<siteID>.csv

Where:

502_ specifies report type followed by an underscore.

<yyyy><mm><dd>_ start of reporting period; four digit year, two digit month two digit day followed by an underscore.

<yyyy><mm><dd>_ end of reporting period; four digit year, two digit month two digit day followed by an underscore.

<siteID> site identification.

.csv file type extension; (comma separated value) preceded by a period.

Example: 502_20110101_20110231_va1.csv

Report Sort Order: The default report display sorts data by Lane, Day, Month.

Report Description

Column Description

Lane Lane # (starting at 1).

Year Year (four digit display).

Month Month (two digit format).

Day Day (two digit format).

Daily Count Daily vehicle Count.

# Hrs Count = 0 Number of hours in which zero vehicles were counted.

# Hrs Count > 2500 Number of hours for which the vehicle count exceeded 2500.

AM Max Hour AM hour with the highest vehicle count.

AM Max Hour Count Vehicle count associated AM Max Hour.

AM Min Hour AM hour with the lowest vehicle (non-zero) count.

AM Min Hour Count Vehicle count associated AM Min Hour

PM Max Hour PM hour with the highest vehicle count.

PM Max Hour Count Vehicle count associated PM Max Hour.

PM Min Hour PM hour with the lowest vehicle (non-zero) count.

PM Min Hour Count Vehicle count associated PM Min Hour.

Error % Percentage of vehicles generating an error condition in which no weight could be obtained.

Max Error Error Status with the highest frequency.

Max Error % Percentage of Max Error of the total Error status count.


IANALYZE PAGE E-59

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Column Description

Status Clear % Daily Percentage of vehicles in which no errors or status warnings (flags) were generated. Does not include error vehicles that have pre-set status flags. Ignores overweight or over GVW status flags.

Max Status Non-clear status with the highest frequency. Ignores overweight or over GVW status flags.

Max Status % Percentage of Max Status of the total Non-Clear status count.

Good Weight % Daily Percentage of vehicles for which an accurate weight was obtained.

Excludes error vehicles and vehicles with any of the following status flags:

Offscale Hit Onscale Missed Significant Speed Change

Significant Weight Difference

Vehicle Headway Too Short

Unequal Axle Count on Sensors

Tailgating Lateral Position Error

Column Description

Over GVW % Percentage out of daily count for vehicles with an Over GVW status.

Class 9 Count Daily Count of Class 9 vehicles.

Class 9 Count % percentage out of vehicle counts in per vehicle data for previous field.

Class 9 % Status percentage out of Class 9 Count of Class 9 vehicles that generated at least one warning status. Ignores overweight or over GVW status flags.

Class 9 Max Status the type of non-clear status most encountered in Class 9 vehicles for this day's data (see Appendix B.1 for status types). Ignores overweight or over GVW status flags.

Class 9 Max Status % percentage out of all Class 9 vehicles with statuses for previous field. Ignores overweight or over GVW status flags.

Class 10 % Status percentage of Class 10 vehicles that generated at least one warning status. Ignores overweight or over GVW status flags.

Class 10 Max Status the type of non-clear status most encountered in Class 10 vehicles for this day's data (see Appendix B.1 for status types). Ignores overweight or over GVW status flags.

Class 10 Max Status percentage out of all Class 10 vehicles with statuses for previous field. Ignores overweight or over GVW status flags.

Class 9 Avg GVW average weight of class 9 vehicles for this day's data

Class 9 Avg 2-3 Spacing

average spacing between axle 2 and axle 3 for Class 9 vehicle for this day's data.

Avg Front Axle Weight

average front axle weight for Class 9 vehicles for this day's data.

Avg Left Wheel Weight

average left wheel weight for Class 4 and above vehicles.


IANALYZE PAGE E-60

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Avg Right Wheel Weight

average right wheel weight for Class 4 and above vehicles.

% Diff Left-Right Weights

percent difference between the previous two fields.

Avg Temperature average temperature sensor reading for all vehicles in per vehicle data.

Appendix Table 24 Custom: Data Validity Check (ASCII) - 502 Record Detail


IANALYZE PAGE E-61

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

E.2.3.2 Custom: Data Validity Check (ASCII) - 502; Sample Report

Microsoft Excel Spreadsheet:

Appendix Report 123 Custom: Data Validity Check (ASCII) - 502 Report

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL APPENDIX F STATUS AND ERROR MESSAGES

IANALYZE PAGE F-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix F STATUS AND ERROR MESSAGES

WIM STATUS CONDITIONS

Good Weight Exceptions:

Abbrev. Full Message

Meaning and/or Possible Cause Weight Status

Status Code

Decimal (Hex)

CredFail Credential Failed

Vehicle credential data has not passed site specific tests.

Appears on systems with AVI.

Good Weight

8388608 (800000)

LatErr Lateral Error Vehicle not detected by lateral position sensor.

Appears on systems equipped with lateral position sensor.

Good Weight

1048576 (100000)

NoCmpl No Compliance information

Vehicle compliance information could not be found in database. Appears on systems with AVI.

Good Weight

2097152 (200000)

None No warnings Used for reporting Status Clear: No status flags set.

Good Weight

0 (0)

OverGVW Over Gross Vehicle Weight

GVW exceeds compliance limit set for for this vehicle class. OverGVW warning flags not applied when using a classification scheme without compliance.

Good Weight

8192 (2000)

OverWt Overweight GVW, or one or more axle weights exceeds compliance limit set for this vehicle class. OverWt warning flags not applied when using a classification scheme without compliance.

Good Weight

4096 (1000)

OvrFail Override Failed

A Compliance Override has failed. Appears on systems with AVI.

Good Weight

4194304 (400000)

Width Overwidth Vehicle width exceeds width limit for vehicle class.

Good Weight

67108864 (4000000)

Weight Suspect:



Status Code

Decimal (Hex)

HdwyShrt Headway Too Short

Distance between axles is shorter than the system is set to accept.

Weight Suspect

32 (20)

Late Vehicle is late arriving at station

Vehicle has not arrived within the expected time.

Appears on systems configured for vehicle tracking.

Weight Suspect

65536 (10000)


IANALYZE PAGE F-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015



Status Code

Decimal (Hex)

NoMatch Vehicle not matched

Vehicle not matched by tracking system. Message appears only on systems configured for vehicle tracking.

Weight Suspect

524288 (80000)

NotWIM Truck not in WIM lane

Vehicle has been detected and classified as a truck in a lane where trucks should not be present. Appears on WIM systems.

Weight Suspect

1024 (400)

OfsHit Offscale hit Off-Scale Detectors triggered (if present). The weight may be inaccurate.

Weight Suspect

1 (1)

Onscale On scale detectors not activated

Vehicle did not trigger On-Scale Detectors (if present). The weight may be inaccurate.

Weight Suspect

4 (4)

Ove due Vehicle overdue

Vehicle has not arrived within the expected time limit. Appears on WIM systems.

Weight Suspect

262144 (40000)

OverLng Over Length Overall vehicle length (bumper-to-bumper) exceeds compliance limit set for this vehicle class. OverLng warning flags not applied when using a classification scheme without compliance.

Weight Suspect

2048 (800)

Ovr Hgt Over height Overheight sensor (if present) activated by this vehicle.

Weight Suspect

2 (2)

Run Scal Vehicle Running Scale

Vehicle signaled to Report but instead it took the Bypass Lane. Appears on WIM systems.

Weight Suspect

512 (200)

Safety Random Safety Check

Vehicle selected for a Random Safety Check. Appears on WIM systems.

Weight Suspect

16384 (4000)

Spd Chng Speed change

Drastic speed change detected while vehicle being measured. Axle spacings may be inaccurate.

Weight Suspect

8 (8)

Speeding Vehicle is speeding

Vehicle exceeded defined speed limit. Vehicle measurement is unaffected.

Weight Suspect

32768 (8000)

Tailgate Vehicle is tailgating

Vehicle triggered upstream loop before preceding vehicle passed completely over downstream loop. No effect on measurements; may indicate unsafe driving.

Weight Suspect

128 (80)


IANALYZE PAGE F-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015



Status Code

Decimal (Hex)

UnAx

Unequal axle count on sensors

All lane axle sensors did not detect the same number of axles Vehicle measurements can still be determined. Possible problem with one of the WIM sensors

Weight Suspect

64 (40)

Unexpect Unexpected vehicle

Vehicle detected where the system did not expect one.

Weight Suspect

131072 (20000)

WrongLn Wrong Lane Vehicle has been directed to one lane but has taken another. Appears on systems configured

for vehicle tracking.

Weight Suspect

256 (100)

Wt Diff Weight differential

Significant difference detected between weights measured by the left and right scales. Vehicle may have an unacceptably unbalanced load, or one of the WIM sensors may have been partly missed or one of the WIM sensors may out of calibration.

Weight Suspect

16 (10)

Appendix Table 25 WIM Status Messages

CREDENTIAL STATUS CONDITIONS

Abbrev. Full Message Meaning and/or Possible Cause Weight Status

Status Code

Decimal (Hex)

HAZMAT Carrier has HAZMAT status

Vehicle licensed to carry Hazardous Material.

Good weight

2097152 (200000)

HOTLi Vehicle or Carrier on Hotlist

Vehicle or Carrier is on a hotlist. Good weight

1073741824 (40000000)

IFTA IFTA Check Failed

IFTA screening has failed. Good weight

268435456 (10000000)

IRP IRP Check Failed

IRP screening has failed. Good weight

536870912 (20000000)

NCIC Vehicle in NCIC database

NCIC screening has failed. Good weight

1048576 (100000)

CaOOS Carrier Out of Service

Non-PRISM service check has failed

Good weight

134217728 (8000000)

Permit Permit Indicates a vehicle is compliant due to a state permit.

Good weight

65536 (10000)


IANALYZE PAGE F-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix Table 26: Credential Status Messages

Note that the Permit, State Screening Failure, PRISM Out of Service, Vehicle in NCIC database, Carrier has HAZMAT status, and Carrier Safety Failure statuses have the same status code values as previously existing statuses. iANALYZE maps these statuses accordingly for data files which use these definitions.

SORT DECISION STATUS STATES

Appendix Table 27: Sort Decision Status Messages

ERROR STATUS CONDITIONS

Abbreviation Full message

Meaning and/or Possible Cause Error Code

CrossOvr Cross over vehicle

At sites with a second station entry after the WIM sensors, if vehicle that missed the axle sensors but entered station tracking loops via second entry, a dummy record is created with this error attached. Site specific error.

17

Dwn Loop Downstream loop only

Vehicle detected by downstream loop but not upstream loop. Vehicle may have changed lanes. If many errors, loops may be out of calibration.

7

Invalid Invalid vehicle

Contradictory sensor inputs have been received, indicating that the vehicle measurements were not valid.

15

LoopOrdr Loops activated in wrong order

Vehicle moving in opposite direction to normal traffic or loops assigned incorrect sequence number during system configuration.

14

PRISM PRISM Out of Service

PRISM screening has failed. Good weight

262144 (40000)

Sfty Carrier Safety Failure

Vehicle has failed credential safety checks.

Good weight

4194304 (400000)

SSFa State Screening Failure

A state specific credential failure. Good weight

131072 (20000)

Decision Status

Meaning Status Code

Off Sorting was turned off when vehicle passed through the data collection system.

0x00

Report Vehicle has been assigned a report status by the data collection system (potential violation or random selection).

0x02

Bypass Vehicle has been assigned a bypass status by the data collection system (no potential violations detected).

0x03

Cred Report Vehicle or Carrier has failed one or more credential checks.

0x04


IANALYZE PAGE F-5

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Abbreviation Full message

Meaning and/or Possible Cause Error Code

Max Axle Maximum axle count exceeded

More axles detected on a single vehicle than data collection system can count (12 for DOS systems, 14 for Unix systems).

9

One Axle One axle detected

Only one axle detected on a vehicle. Thresholds out of calibration.

11

Park Lot Vehicle from parking lot

Vehicle entered system from parking lot. Message appears only on systems configured for vehicle tracking.

16

Proc Err1 Processor Error 1

Missed axle data transfer, system too busy. 2

Proc Err2 Processor Error 2

Missed axle processing, system too busy. 3

SnsrOrdr Axle sensors activated in wrong order

Vehicle moving in opposite direction to normal traffic or sensors assigned incorrect sequence number during system configuration.

13

Too Fast Vehicle too fast

The vehicle passed through WIM system too quickly to obtain a measurement

5

Too Long Axle on sensor too long

Vehicle too slow or speed sensor threshold out of calibration.

1

Too Slow Vehicle too slow

The vehicle passed through WIM system too slowly to obtain a measurement

12

UpBounce Upstream loop bounce

Upstream loop has switched off-on-off very quickly, loop sensitivity may be too high.

8

Uneq Cnt Unequal axle count

All axle sensors did not detect the same number of axles for this vehicle.

6

UnmtcgTg Unmatched tag vehicle

A vehicle record matching the AVI transponder tag cannot be found in the database. Message appears only on with AVI.

18

Up Loop Upstream loop only

Vehicle detected by upstream loop but not downstream loop. Vehicle may have changed lanes. If many errors, loops may be out of calibration.

4

Zero Axle Zero Axles detected

Vehicle presence detected by loop sensors but not axle detectors. Axle detector threshold may be set too high, or detector inputs may be incorrectly assigned, or hovercraft are using this highway.

10

Appendix Table 28: Error Messages

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL APPENDIX G LANGUAGE AND COUNTRY CODES

IANALYZE PAGE G-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix G LANGUAGE AND COUNTRY CODES The two tables below list the language and country codes used to specify a language file used for translation.

LANGUAGE CODES

Language Codes

Abkhazian ab

Afar aa

Afrikaans af

Akan ak

Albanian sq

Amharic am

Arabic ar

Aragonese an

Armenian hy

Assamese as

Avaric av

Avestan ae

Aymara ay

Azerbaijani az

Bambara bm

Bashkir ba

Basque eu

Belarusian be

Bengali bn

Bihari bh

Bislama bi

Bosnian bs

Breton br

Bulgarian bg

Burmese my

Catalan; Valencian ca

Chamorro ch

Chechen ce

Chinese zn

Church Slavic; Old Slavonic; Church Slavonic; Old Bulgarian; Old Church Slavonic

cu

Chuvash cv

Cornish kw

Corsican co

Cree cr

Czech cs

Czech cs

Danish da

Divehi dv

Dutch; Flemish nl

Dzongkha dz

English en

Esperanto eo

Estonian et

Ewe ee

Faroese fo

Fijian fj

Finnish fi

French fr

Fulah ff

Gaelic; Scottish Gaelic gd

Galician gl

Ganda lg

Georgian ka

German de

Greek, Modern (1453 to present)

el

Guarani gn

Gujarati gu

Haitian; Haitian Creole ht

Hausa ha

Hebrew he

Herero hz

Hindi hi

Hiri Motu ho

Hungarian hu


IANALYZE PAGE G-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Language Codes

Icelandic is

Ido io

Igbo ig

Indonesian id

Interlingua (International Auxiliary Language Association)

ia

Interlingue ie

Inuktitut iu

Inupiaq ik

Italian it

Kalaallisut; Greenlandic kl

Kannada kn

Kashmiri kr

Kazakh kk

Khmer km

Kikuyu; Gikuyu ki

Kinyarwanda rw

Kirghiz ky

Komi kv

Kongo kg

Korean ko

Kuanyama; Kwanyama kj

Kurdish ku

Lao lo

Latin la

Latvian lv

Limburgan; Limburger; Limburgish

li

Lingala ln

Lithuanian lt

Luba-Katanga lu

Luxembourgish; Letzeburgesch lb

Japanese ja

Javanese jv

Macedonian mk

Malagasy mg

Malay ms

Malayalam ml

Maltese mt

Maori mi

Marathi mr

Marshallese mh

Moldavian mo

Mongolian mn

Nauru na

Navajo; Navaho nv

Ndebele, North; North Ndebele nd

Ndebele, South; South Ndebele

nr

Ndonga ng

Nepali ne

Northern Sami se

Norwegian Bokmål; Bokmål,Norwegian

nb

Norwegian Nynorsk; Nynorsk, Norwegian

nn

Occitan (post 1500); Provençal oc

Ojibwa oj

Oriya or

Oromo om

Ossetian; Ossetic os

Pali pi

Panjabi; Punjabi pa

Persian fa

Polish pl

Portuguese pt

Pushto ps

Quechua qu


IANALYZE PAGE G-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Language Codes

Raeto-Romance rm

Romanian ro

Rundi rn

Russian ru

Samoan sm

Sango sg

Sanskrit sa

Sardinian sc

Serbian sr

Serbian sr

Shona sn

Sindhi sd

Sinhala; Sinhalese si

Slovak sk

Slovenian sl

Somali so

Sotho, Southern st

Spanish; Castilian es

Sundanese su

Swahili sw

Swati ss

Swedish sv

Tagalog tl

Tahitian ty

Tajik tg

Tatar tt

Telugu te

Thai th

Tibetan bo

Tibetan bo

Tigrinya ti

Tonga (Tonga Islands) to

Tsonga ts

Tswana tn

Turkish tr

Turkmen tk

Twi tw

Uighur; Uyghur ug

Ukrainian uk

Urdu ur

Uzbek uz

Venda ve

Vietnamese vi

Volapük vo

Walloon wa

Welsh cy

Western Frisian fy

Wolof wo

Xhosa xh

Yiddish yi

Yoruba yo

Zhuang; Chuang za

Zulu zu


IANALYZE PAGE G-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

COUNTRY CODES

Listed below are the ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 two letter country codes:

Country Codes

A

AFGHANISTAN AF

ÅLAND ISLANDS AX

ALBANIA AL

ALGERIA DZ

AMERICAN SAMOA AS

ANDORRA AD

ANGOLA AO

ANGUILLA AI

ANTARCTICA AQ

ANTIGUA AND BARBUDA AG

ARGENTINA AR

ARMENIA AM

ARUBA AW

AUSTRALIA AU

AUSTRIA AT

AZERBAIJAN AZ

B

BAHAMAS BS

BAHRAIN BH

BANGLADESH BD

BARBADOS BB

BELARUS BY

BELGIUM BE

BELIZE BZ

BENIN BJ

BERMUDA BM

BHUTAN BT

BOLIVIA BO

BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA BA

BOTSWANA BW

BOUVET ISLAND BV

BRAZIL BR

BRITISH INDIAN OCEAN TERRITORY

IO

BRUNEI DARUSSALAM BN

BULGARIA BG

BURKINA FASO BF

BURUNDI BI

C

CAMBODIA KH

CAMEROON CM

CANADA CA

CAPE VERDE CV

CAYMAN ISLANDS KY

CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC

CF

CHAD TD

CHILE CL

CHINA CN

CHRISTMAS ISLAND CX

COCOS (KEELING) ISLANDS CC

COLOMBIA CO

COMOROS KM

CONGO CG

CONGO, THE DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF THE

CD

COOK ISLANDS CK

COSTA RICA CR

CÔTE D'IVOIRE CI

CROATIA HR

CUBA CU

CYPRUS CY

CZECH REPUBLIC CZ

D

DENMARK DK

DJIBOUTI DJ

DOMINICA DM

DOMINICAN REPUBLIC DO

E

ECUADOR EC

EGYPT EG

EL SALVADOR SV

EQUATORIAL GUINEA GQ

ERITREA ER

ESTONIA EE

ETHIOPIA ET


IANALYZE PAGE G-5

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Country Codes

F

FALKLAND ISLANDS (MALVINAS)

FK

FAROE ISLANDS FO

FIJI FJ

FINLAND FI

FRANCE FR

FRENCH GUIANA GF

FRENCH POLYNESIA PF

FRENCH SOUTHERN TERRITORIES

TF

G

GABON GA

GAMBIA GM

GEORGIA GE

GERMANY DE

GHANA GH

GIBRALTAR GI

GREECE GR

GREENLAND GL

GRENADA GD

GUADELOUPE GP

GUAM GU

GUATEMALA GT

GUINEA GN

GUINEA-BISSAU GW

GUYANA GY

H

HAITI HT

HEARD ISLAND AND MCDONALD ISLANDS

HM

HOLY See (VATICAN CITY) VA

HONDURAS HN

HONG KONG HK

HUNGARY HU

I

ICELAND IS

INDIA IN

INDONESIA ID

IRAN, ISLAMIC REPUBLIC OF IR

IRAQ IQ

IRELAND IE

ISRAEL IL

ITALY IT

J

JAMAICA JM

JAPAN JP

JORDAN JO

K

KAZAKHSTAN KZ

KENYA KE

KIRIBATI KI

KOREA, DEMOCRATIC PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF

KP

KOREA, REPUBLIC OF KR

KUWAIT KW

KYRGYZSTAN KG

L

LAO PEOPLE'S DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC

LA

LATVIA LV

LEBANON LB

LESOTHO LS

LIBERIA LR

LIBYAN ARAB JAMAHIRIYA LY

LIECHTENSTEIN LI

LITHUANIA LT

LUXEMBOURG LU

M

MACAO MO

MACEDONIA, THE FORMER YUGOSLAV REPUBLIC OF

MK

MADAGASCAR MG

MALAWI MW

MALAYSIA MY

MALDIVES MV

MALI ML

MALTA MT

MARSHALL ISLANDS MH

MARTINIQUE MQ

MAURITANIA MR

MAURITIUS MU

MAYOTTE YT

MEXICO MX

MICRONESIA, FEDERATED STATES OF

FM

MOLDOVA, REPUBLIC OF MD

MONACO MC


IANALYZE PAGE G-6

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Country Codes

M

N

NAMIBIA NA

NAURU NR

NEPAL NP

NETHERLANDS NL

NETHERLANDS ANTILLES AN

NEW CALEDONIA NC

NEW ZEALAND NZ

NICARAGUA NI

NIGER NE

NIGERIA NG

NIUE NU

NORFOLK ISLAND NF

NORTHERN MARIANA ISLANDS

MP

NORWAY NO

O

OMAN OM

P

PAKISTAN PK

PALAU PW

PALESTINIAN TERRITORY, OCCUPIED

PS

PANAMA PA

PAPUA NEW GUINEA PG

PARAGUAY PY

PERU PE

PHILIPPINES PH

PITCAIRN PN

POLAND PL

PORTUGAL PT

PUERTO RICO PR

Q

QATAR QA

R

RÉUNION RE

MONGOLIA MN

MONTSERRAT MS

MOROCCO MA

MOZAMBIQUE MZ

MYANMAR MM

R

ROMANIA RO

RUSSIAN FEDERATION RU

RWANDA RW

S

SAINT HELENA SH

SAINT KITTS AND NEVIS KN

SAINT LUCIA LC

SAINT PIERRE AND MIQUELON

PM

SAINT VINCENT AND THE GRENADINES

VC

SAMOA WS

SAN MARINO SM

SAO TOME AND PRINCIPE ST

SAUDI ARABIA SA

SENEGAL SN

SERBIA AND MONTENEGRO CS

SEYCHELLES SC

SIERRA LEONE SL

SINGAPORE SG

SLOVAKIA SK

SLOVENIA SI

SOLOMON ISLANDS SB

SOMALIA SO

SOUTH AFRICA ZA

SOUTH GEORGIA AND THE SOUTH SANDWICH ISLANDS

GS

SPAIN ES

SRI LANKA LK

SUDAN SD

SURINAME SR

SVALBARD AND JAN MAYEN SJ

SWAZILAND SZ

SWEDEN SE

SWITZERLAND CH

SYRIAN ARAB REPUBLIC SY

T

TAIWAN, PROV. OF CHINA TW

TAJIKISTAN TJ

TANZANIA, UNITED REPUBLIC TZ

THAILAND TH

TIMOR-LESTE TL

TOGO TG

TOKELAU TK


IANALYZE PAGE G-7

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Country Codes

T

TONGA TO

TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO TT

TUNISIA TN

TURKEY TR

TURKMENISTAN TM

TURKS AND CAICOS ISLANDS TC

TUVALU TV

U

UGANDA UG

UKRAINE UA

UNITED ARAB EMIRATES AE

UNITED KINGDOM GB

UNITED STATES US

UNITED STATES MINOR OUTLYING ISLANDS

UM

URUGUAY UY

UZBEKISTAN UZ

V

VANUATU VU

Vatican City State see HOLY

VENEZUELA VE

VIET NAM VN

VIRGIN ISLANDS, BRITISH VG

VIRGIN ISLANDS, U.S. VI

W

WALLIS AND FUTUNA WF

WESTERN SAHARA EH

Y

YEMEN YE

Z

Zaire see CONGO (The Democratic Republic of the)

-

ZAMBIA ZM

ZIMBABWE ZW

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL APPENDIX H FHWA VEHICLE CLASSES

IANALYZE PAGE H-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix H FHWA VEHICLE CLASSES

Appendix Figure 7 FHWA Vehicle Classes

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL APPENDIX I TC/C-540 CONFIGURATION

IANALYZE PAGE I-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix I TC/C-540 CONFIGURATION Data collected by the IRD Traffic Counter/Collector-540 must be in a specific format to be used by iANALYZE.

This appendix outlines the TC/C-540 configuration settings that produce data in the required format.

Refer to the TC/C-540 Operator’s Manual, part number 69004801, and the TrafMan Software User’s Manual, part number 69007101, for more detailed information on configuration and operation of the TC/C-540.

Although TrafMan software will configure and accept data from a number of related traffic counter/collector devices (Unicorn, Phoenix, Pegasus, etc.); of these devices iANALYZE will only support data collected by the IRD TC/C-540 and TC/C-540 WIM.

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

The System Configuration parameters listed below must be set to the values shown:

Item Setting Comments

Storage Modes WIM, or Binned, or Binned + WIM

Data collected in Raw, Count or Sensor Mode will not be reported.

Number of Lanes <=8 May be more if lanes are grouped; See Appendix I.7, Lane Configuration.

Number of Intervals 1

Interval Length 60 minutes

System configuration parameters not listed in the table above may be set to any valid value.

The classification files on the TC/C-540 (DEFAULT.AXL and DEFAULT.SPD) must be configured to match the files used by iANALYZE. Settings are specified below.


IANALYZE PAGE I-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

AXLE CLASSIFICATION: DEFAULT.AXL SETTINGS

Number of Definitions: 23

Number of Bins: 13 (Axle Spacings specified in feet)

Defn. Bin # of Axles Bin Name Spacings

1 1 2-3 Not Used 1-5.8,*

2 2 2-3 Not Used 5.9-10.2,8-18.8

3 3 2-3 Not Used 10.3-15,8-18.8

4 5 2 Not Used 15.1-24

5 4 2-3 Not Used 23.5-99.9,*

6 8 3 Not Used *,18-99.9

7 6 3 Not Used *,1-8

8 2 4-5 Not Used 1-10.2,*,1-3.4,1-3.4

9 3 4-5 Not Used 10.3-15,*,1-3.4,1-3.4

10 3 4 Not Used 5.9-15,15-35,5.9-15

11 2 4 Not Used 7-12,7-35,7-12

12 8 4 Not Used *,5.1-99.9,3.4-99.9

13 8 4 Not Used *,1-5,11.9-99.9

14 7 4 Not Used *,*,*

15 7 5-6 Not Used *,3.4-5,3.4-5,3.4-12,3.5-12

16 11 5 Not Used *,6-99.9,*,*

17 9 5 Not Used *,1-6,*,3.4-11

18 3 5 Not Used 9.8-15,*,*,1-3.4

19 5 5 Not Used 15.1-24,*,*,1-3.4

20 9 5 Not Used *,*,*,*

21 10 6 Not Used *,3.4-8,3.4-8,*,8-99.9

22 12 6 Not Used *,*,*,*,8-99.9

23 10 6-10 Not Used *,*,*,*,3.4-8,3.4-8,3.4-8,3.4-8,3.4-8

- 0 - Not Used All axle spacings not defined above.


IANALYZE PAGE I-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

SPEED CLASSIFICATION: DEFAULT.SPD SETTINGS

Number of Bins: 16 (Speeds specified in mph)

Bin # Min Max

1 0 19.9

2 20.0 24.9

3 25.0 29.9

4 30.0 34.9

5 35.0 39.9

6 40.0 44.9

7 45.0 49.9

8 50.0 54.9

9 55.0 59.9

10 60.0 64.9

11 65.0 69.9

12 70.0 74.9

13 75.0 79.9

14 80.0 84.9

15 85.0 89.9

16 90.0 >90.0

LENGTH CLASSIFICATION: DEFAULT SETTINGS

N/A; iANALYZE does not use these settings

HEADWAY CLASSIFICATION: DEFAULT SETTINGS

N/A; iANALYZE does not report on these settings.

GAP CLASSIFICATION: DEFAULT SETTINGS

N/A; iANALYZE does not report on these settings.

TC/C-540 LANE CONFIGURATION

The Lane Configuration parameters listed below must be set to the values shown:

Item Setting Comments

Count Only Divide by 2 0

Total Number of Groups <=8

Lane Shift No


IANALYZE PAGE I-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

REPORTS NOT COMPATIBLE WITH TC/C-540 DATA

The following iANALYZE reports cannot be generated using TC/C-540 data:

Report # Name

7 Lane by Status

11 Status by Hour

26 Autocalibration (Binned)

26 Autocalibration (Per Vehicle)

26 Autocalibration (Both)

33 Status by Weekday

40 Status Percent by Hour

41 Status percent by Weekday

44 Custom Trips – 200 (Washington)

45 Custom PVR – 201 (Oregon)

46 Custom Vehicle Classification – 202 (South Dakota)

47 Custom Truck Weight – 203 (South Dakota)

48 Custom Traffic Volume – 204 (South Dakota)

49 Custom Speed Data – 205 (South Dakota)

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL APPENDIX J CONVERT DOS OFFICE

IANALYZE PAGE J-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix J CONVERT DOS OFFICE DOS Office was IRD’s previous reporting software package. If DOS Office has been used in the past to analyze data on this system, the IRD DOS Office reporting parameters and site definitions may be converted into the format used by iANALYZE.

To perform the conversion, navigate to the directory where the iANALYZE program files have been installed.

1. Start the program DOSOfficeConverter.exe. The window displaying the conversion parameters is displayed:

2. Browse to select the directory where IRD DOS Office is installed, the directory where iANALYZE is installed, and the default data folder.

3. Set the Time zone correction for the hours difference between the data site and Coordinated Universal Time (GMT).

4. Select the sites to be converted, and then click the Convert button. When the files have been converted, a completion of conversion message will be displayed.

5. Click the Exit button to close the conversion program.

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL APPENDIX K WHAT’S NEW

IANALYZE PAGE K-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix K WHAT’S NEW

REVISION DESCRIPTIONS

Rev Z - Software Release 5.9

Added Reports and Descriptions:

CTWIM Lane By Class and Speed Lane By Class Lane By Sensor Errors and Statuses

Rev Y - Software Release 5.9

Includes the following changes:

Updated Purpose and Scope section Updated Document Overview Updated Acronyms Terms and Definitions Added new About window Added No Sites message Updated Create Reports Wizard| Required Info Updated Create Reports Wizard| Select Reports Updated Create Report Wizards| Data Filters Updated Site Editor Added Load User Info Failed message Updated Vehicle Classification Schemes Updated Data Filters| Report Chart Option Updated Vehicle Display Wizard| Display Settings Updated Display Format (both Text/Graphical) Updated Detailed Print Preview Added new TMG Data Exports window Added new TMG Data Station Desc 1 Added new TMG Data Station Desc 2 Added new TMG Data Export Specific Options Updated Template Editor| Required Info Added new Report Condition Reports (7) Updated Site Summary Report

Added/ Updated Section:

Vehicle Display Section 6.3 Site Editor section 7 to section 7.3.3 Setting Report Parameters section 9 FHWA TMG Reports Appendix B.14 Road Conditions Appendix B Site Summary Customizable WIM Compliance

Rev X - Software Release 5.8



IANALYZE PAGE K-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Added a Display Sort Decision option to the Display Settings tab of the View Vehicles window.

Added a Merged Vehicles Settings option to the Site Editor window.

Rev W - Software Release 5.7


Added Length reports

Length by Hour

Weekday by Length Added Safety System reports

Safety System Site Summary

Safety System Class by Hour

Safety System Lane by Hour Added custom reports for New Mexico

Custom: FWHA TMG Vehicle Classification 4 Card (New Mexico) - 223

Custom: FHWA TMG Truck Weight 7 Card (New Mexico) – 224 Added support for iSINC data files which useCredential status flags (see

Appendix 0) – the following reports which involve statuses now include additional columns/rows for these statuses:

Status By Hour

Status By Weekday

Status Percent By Hour

Status Percent By Weekday

Lane By Status The iANALYZE About screen now indicates whether iANALYZE is running as a

32-bit or a 64-bit application.

Rev V - Software Release 5.6


The report selection interface has been revised. Reports of similar types are now grouped under headings and may be selected either individually or as a group. Appendix A of this manual has been revised to reflect the new groupings.

Added Annual Summary Month by Hour report Added Annual Summary Weekday by Hour report Added Class by Hour report Added Class by Peaks – On the Hour report Added Class by Peaks – On the Quarter Hour report Added Lane by Peaks – On the Hour report Added Lane by Peaks – On the Quarter Hour report Added Top 100 Peaks – On the Hour report Added Top 100 Peaks – On the Quarter Hour report Added Weekly Summary – Weekday by Hour report Added Weekly Summary – Weekday by Peaks report iANALYZE will run as a 64 bit application on 64 bit machines or as a 32 bit

application on either 32 or 64 bit machines. Windows 8 and .Net 4.5 supported

Rev U - Software Release 5.5


IANALYZE PAGE K-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015


Added Average Speed by Hour report Added Custom ASCII PAT Speed Data report 220 Added Custom ASCII PAT Classification report 221 Added Custom ASCII PAT Truck Record report 222 The Speed by Hour report will interpolate for binned data when calculating the

statistics A PDF format copy of this manual will automatically be installed with the

iANALYZE software and will be available via the Help menu on iANALYZE. Placing the mouse cursor over a tab on the iANALYZE window and clicking the

middle button (or scroll wheel) will close that tab.

Rev T - Software Release 5.4


Option added to swap left/right weights from DAW100 files DAW100 file names of YYYYMMDD.xxx format may now be used (the naming

format used for iSINC and 106x series files) All reports withStatus orError byHour ,Day ,Week orLane have additional

columns to display separate Binned Total and Per Vehicle Total. All reports withStatus orError byHour ,Day ,Week now display only

guaranteedNone status vehicles in theNone column; previouslyUnknown status vehicles were included if binned data was used.

Support for reading images for vehicles using the iSINC hourly archiving structure.

Added classification scheme LTPP_2013.typ to default installation. Note that this classification scheme does NOT have weight compliance information (no .cpl or .tbl files)

All ASCII output reports that use a comma separated value format are now output with a .csv file extension

Any ASCII reports created using the command line mode will now prepend the string provided with the –t option to the beginning of the output filename.

Rev S - Software Release 5.3


added Custom Report 502: ASCII Data Validity Check added Custom Report 219: ASCII Raw Data Fixed Width the appearance of the Report Viewer had been revised in the Site Editor, Site IDs are no longer limited to 3 characters Lane/Direction of Travel specification in the TMG/FHWA window has changed;

lanes in a specified direction must either all be combined, or none may be combined.

non-combined lanes must all have unique identifiers.

single lanes in a direction must be set to Rightmost

the URL for iANALYZE updates/downloads has changed: http://www.irdinc.com/products/software/swdownload.php

requirements for Microsoft .NET Framework updated from version 3.5 to 4.0 the Everyone/Just Me option removed from the installation process (everyone

now has access to the files).


IANALYZE PAGE K-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

startup splash screen added (same as the About information window)

Rev R

Rev R was a release required for inventory control only and had no changes to the iANALYZE software.

Rev Q - Software Version V


Speed By Class PRN (Appendix Error! Reference source not found.) ASTM WIM Compliance Type I, II, and III (Appendix D.19.5)

Rev P - Software Version U


iANALYZE can now process much larger volumes of data Updated user interface to provide easier access to all functions. ASCII type reports limited to .txt format output files. ASCII Reports screen output will display a link to the report file rather than a

listing of the ASCII text. WIM Error by Class report added

PRN format no longer supported.

Rev O - Software Version S


Custom Report 216 – Overweight vehicle listing (Appendix E.1.17). Custom Report 217 – listing of overweight vehicles by day of the month

(Appendix E.1.18). Custom Report 217 – Table of overweight vehicles by class and percentage

overweight (Appendix E.1.19).

Rev N - Software Version R


TCC and TRS sites can now select data by Date and Time Images added to text display. TRS WIM data with potentially erroneous records from tailgating vehicles and/or

vehicles with close spaced axles can be cleaned up. Speed by Hour Report may now have the number of speed bins specified in the

Report Parameters Edit Form. GVW by Hour, Month and Day of Month reports added. Column listing the average spacing between the drive axle (axles 2 and 3) for a

class 9 vehicle added to the TCC Validity Check Report Columns listing:

the average spacing between the drive axle (axles 2 and 3) for a class 9 vehicle

the average front axle weights for class 9 vehicles

the average left and right wheel weights for class 4 and above vehicles

the percentage difference between left and right wheel weights for class 4 and above vehicles


IANALYZE PAGE K-5

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

added to the iSINC Data Validity Check report. The following information has been added to the footer of all reports:

Time stamp with the time and date on which the report was generated

iANALYZE Software version number. The description of the format of the resx language files has been updated to

reflect the current version used by the Microsoft Resx Schema. Installation instructions for Microsoft .NET Framework have been updated to

incorporate the most recent version, .NET Framework 4.0 (Appendix A.2).

REVISION HISTORY

Date Rev Description Update by

Y JHo

X SMc

W SMc

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL APPENDIX L LIST OF FIGURES, REPORTS AND TABLES

IANALYZE PAGE L-1

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix L LIST OF FIGURES, REPORTS AND TABLES

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 3-1 iANALYZE Window: Layout Elements ..................................................... 3-1 Figure 3-2 Collapse Header ...................................................................................... 3-2 Figure 3-3 Main Taskbar ........................................................................................... 3-2 Figure 3-4 Window Dialogue Sample........................................................................ 3-3 Figure 3-5 Status Bar ............................................................................................... 3-4 Figure 3-6 Help and Admin Functions ....................................................................... 3-1 Figure 3-7 iANALYZE About Window ....................................................................... 3-1 Figure 4-1 No Sites Message ................................................................................... 4-1 Figure 4-2 Initial iANALYZE Launch: Site Editor ....................................................... 4-1 Figure 4-3 User Information Window ........................................................................ 4-2 Figure 4-4 Load User Info Failed Message ............................................................... 4-2 Figure 4-5 Organization Information Pane ................................................................ 4-3 Figure 4-6 Logo Graphics File .................................................................................. 4-3 Figure 4-7 Vehicle Classification Schemes Window ................................................. 4-6 Figure 4-8 Measurement Units ................................................................................. 4-7 Figure 5-1 Vehicle Display Wizard: Site/ Data Page ................................................. 5-1 Figure 5-2 Vehicle Display Wizard: Class/Lanes Page ............................................. 5-5 Figure 5-3 Vehicle Display Wizard: Display Settings Page ....................................... 5-6 Figure 5-4 Example: Good Weight Status Exceptions .............................................. 5-7 Figure 5-5 Display Format: Text ............................................................................... 5-8 Figure 5-6 Display Format: Graphical ....................................................................... 5-8 Figure 5-7 Creating Vehicle Display: Progress Message .......................................... 5-9 Figure 5-8 On-Screen Vehicle Summary Report: Graphical| With Images .............. 5-10 Figure 5-9 Vehicle Record Display Example: Text Display ....................................... 5-1 Figure 5-10 Vehicle Record Display Example: Graphical Display ............................... 5-2 Figure 5-11 Print Options Bar ..................................................................................... 5-3 Figure 5-12 Vehicle Display: Page Setup ................................................................... 5-3 Figure 5-13 Print Preview: Detailed Record Display ................................................... 5-4 Figure 5-14 Print Preview Toolbar .............................................................................. 5-4 Figure 5-15 Individual Vehicle Record: Printed With Photo Images ............................ 5-5 Figure 6-1 Create Reports Wizard; Required Info Page ............................................ 6-1 Figure 6-2 Select Output Option Entry ...................................................................... 6-2 Figure 6-3 Save Report File to Folder ....................................................................... 6-4 Figure 6-4 Select Input: Template ............................................................................. 6-4 Figure 6-5 Current Settings ...................................................................................... 6-5 Figure 6-6 Create Reports Wizard: Select Reports Panel ......................................... 6-6 Figure 6-7 Select Reports List Box ........................................................................... 6-7 Figure 6-8 Expanded Report Group: Error/Status Example ...................................... 6-7 Figure 6-9 Selected Report Group: FHWA Example ................................................. 6-7 Figure 6-10 Create Reports Wizard: Data Filters Page ............................................. 6-12 Figure 6-11 Data Filters: Chart Option Editor ............................................................ 6-15 Figure 6-12 Generating and Displaying Reports: Progress Message ........................ 6-16 Figure 6-13 On Screen Report Display: Tabular ....................................................... 6-17 Figure 6-14 On-Screen Report: Page Display and Zoom Bar ................................... 6-18 Figure 6-15 On-Screen Report: File Options and Page Navigation Toolbar .............. 6-19 Figure 6-16 Report Header Sample .......................................................................... 6-23 Figure 6-17 Tabular Report Preview ......................................................................... 6-25


IANALYZE PAGE L-2

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Figure 6-18 ASCII Report Display ............................................................................. 6-26 Figure 6-19 ASCII File: Reports Directory ................................................................. 6-27 Figure 6-20 ASCII File: Sample Report Display ........................................................ 6-27 Figure 7-1 Report Parameters Window ..................................................................... 7-1 Figure 7-2 Report Parameters: Report Display List Box ........................................... 7-3 Figure 7-3 Configurable Report Parameters: Row/ Column Table Display ................ 7-5 Figure 7-4 Speed by Hour: Customized Report Parameters ..................................... 7-7 Figure 7-5 Speed By Hour: Customized Data Range Intervals ................................. 7-7 Figure 7-6 Configurable Report Parameters: Spin Box Display................................. 7-7 Figure 7-7 Customizable WIM Compliance: Customized Report Parameters ........... 7-8 Figure 7-8 WIM Compliance: Customized Data Range Intervals .............................. 7-8 Figure 7-9 Configurable Report Parameters: Dropdown List Display ........................ 7-8 Figure 7-10 Road Condition Daily Summary: Customized Data Range Intervals ........ 7-9 Figure 8-1 Template Editor: Required Info Page ....................................................... 8-1 Figure 8-2 Select Template: Params Folder View ..................................................... 8-2 Figure 9-1 Site Editor Window .................................................................................. 9-1 Figure 9-2 Site Editor Operations Buttons ................................................................ 9-2 Figure 9-3 Site Name and ID Fields .......................................................................... 9-2 Figure 9-4 Site Name and ID: Add New .................................................................... 9-2 Figure 9-5 Site ID Entry ............................................................................................ 9-3 Figure 9-6 Site Name Entry ...................................................................................... 9-3 Figure 9-7 Select Site List Box.................................................................................. 9-4 Figure 9-8 Site Directory Locations ........................................................................... 9-5 Figure 9-9 Data File Default Site Directory ............................................................... 9-5 Figure 9-10 Image File Default Site Directory ............................................................. 9-5 Figure 9-11 Vehicle Timestamp .................................................................................. 9-6 Figure 9-12 Site Editor: Initial Configuration Dialogue Options ................................... 9-9 Figure 9-13 Site Editor: Setup Available Reports List ............................................... 9-10 Figure 9-14 Site Editor: ESAL Settings Dialogue ...................................................... 9-11 Figure 9-15 Site Editor: ESAL Settings; AASHTO Inputs Pane ................................. 9-14 Figure 9-16 Daylight Saving Time Adjustments ........................................................ 9-17 Figure 9-17 Daylight Savings window ....................................................................... 9-18 Figure 9-18 Time adjustment .................................................................................... 9-19 Figure 9-19 PRN Report Configuration ..................................................................... 9-20 Figure 9-20 Vehicle Merging Settings ....................................................................... 9-21 Figure 9-21 DAW100 Data Settings .......................................................................... 9-22 Figure 9-22 TRS WIM Data Settings ........................................................................ 9-23 Figure 9-23 FHWA TMG Exports Information ........................................................... 9-24 Figure 9-24 TMG Data: Station Description Information 2 ......................................... 9-28 Figure 10-1 Windows Regional and Language settings ............................................ 10-6 Figure 10-2 Changing to Gregorian Calendar ........................................................... 10-7 Appendix Figure 1 Side by Side Bar Chart ............................................................. C-1 Appendix Figure 2 Stacked Bar Chart .................................................................... C-1 Appendix Figure 3 3D Riser Chart .......................................................................... C-1 Appendix Figure 4 Line Chart ................................................................................. C-1 Appendix Figure 5 Area Chart ................................................................................ C-2 Appendix Figure 6 Pie Chart .................................................................................. C-2 Appendix Figure 7 FHWA Vehicle Classes ............................................................. H-1


IANALYZE PAGE L-3

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1 Vehicle Classification FHWA National Standard ...................................... 4-5 Table 2 Unit Measurements ................................................................................. 4-7 Table 3 User Configurable Reports and Parameters ............................................ 7-5 Table 4 AASHTO 1993 Tables ........................................................................... 9-13 Table 5 Terminal Serviceability Index of 2.5 ....................................................... 9-15 Appendix Table 1 Custom Report Parameters ...................................................... B-4 Appendix Table 2 TMG 2001 Station Description Record Detail ......................... D-73 Appendix Table 3 TMG 2001 Hourly Traffic Volume Record (# 3 Record) Detail . D-75 Appendix Table 4 TMG 2001 Vehicle Classification Record Detail ...................... D-77 Appendix Table 5 TMG 2001 Truck Weight Record detail ................................... D-79 Appendix Table 6 TMG 2013 Station Description Record Detail ......................... D-83 Appendix Table 7 TMG 2013 Hourly Traffic Volume Record Detail ..................... D-85 Appendix Table 8 TMG 2013 Vehicle Speed Record Detail ................................ D-88 Appendix Table 9 TMG 2013 Vehicle Classification Record Detail ...................... D-90 Appendix Table 10 TMG 2013 Weight Record Detail ............................................ D-92 Appendix Table 11 TMG 2013 Individual Vehicle Record (C Variant) Detail .......... D-94 Appendix Table 12 TMG 2013 Individual Vehicle Record (W Variant) Detail ......... D-96 Appendix Table 13 Individual Vehicle Record (C Variant) Detail ............................. E-6 Appendix Table 14 Custom: Vehicle Classification Record - 202 (C Variant) Detail E-8 Appendix Table 15 Custom Truck Weight - 203 Record Detail .............................. E-10 Appendix Table 16 Custom Traffic Volume - 204 Record Detail ............................ E-12 Appendix Table 17 Custom: Speed Data Report - 205 Record Detail ................... E-14 Appendix Table 18 Custom: Vehicle Class w Zeroes - 208 (C Variant) Detail ....... E-20 Appendix Table 19 Custom: Speed Data With Zeroes - 211 Record Detail ........... E-25 Appendix Table 20 Custom: ASCII Speed - 214 Record Detail ............................. E-29 Appendix Table 21 Custom: ASCII PAT Speed - 220 Record Detail ..................... E-41 Appendix Table 22 Custom: ASCII PAT Truck Records - 222 Record Detail ......... E-45 Appendix Table 23 Custom: FHWA TMG Truck Weight 7 Card Record Detail ...... E-51 Appendix Table 24 Custom: Data Validity Check (ASCII) - 502 Record Detail ...... E-60 Appendix Table 25 WIM Status Messages .............................................................. F-3 Appendix Table 26: Credential Status Messages ..................................................... F-4 Appendix Table 27: Sort Decision Status Messages ................................................ F-4

LIST OF REPORTS

Appendix Report 1 Summary: Site Summary .......................................................... D-3 Appendix Report 2 Summary: Annual Summary - Weekday By Hour ..................... D-5 Appendix Report 3 Summary: Annual Summary - Month By Hour .......................... D-7 Appendix Report 4 Summary: Month By Lane ........................................................ D-9 Appendix Report 5 Class: Class By Hour .............................................................. D-11 Appendix Report 6 Class: Class By Day Of Month ................................................ D-13 Appendix Report 7 Class: Class By Speed ........................................................... D-15 Appendix Report 8 Class: Truck Count Class By Day of Month ............................ D-17 Appendix Report 9 Class: Weekday By Class ....................................................... D-18 Appendix Report 10 Lane: Lane By Hour ................................................................ D-20 Appendix Report 11 Class: Lane By Class .............................................................. D-23 Appendix Report 12 Class: Lane By Class and Speed ........................................... D-25 Appendix Report 13 Volume: Weekday By Lane..................................................... D-26 Appendix Report 14 Volume: Weekly Summary - Weekday By Hour ...................... D-28


IANALYZE PAGE L-4

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix Report 15 Peaks: Class By Peaks - On Hour .......................................... D-30 Appendix Report 16 Peaks: Class By Peaks - Quarter Hour ................................... D-32 Appendix Report 17 Peaks: Lane By Peaks - On Hour ........................................... D-33 Appendix Report 18 Peaks: Lane By Peaks - Quarter Hours .................................. D-34 Appendix Report 19 Peaks: Top 100 Peak Hours - On Hour................................... D-36 Appendix Report 20 Peaks: Top 100 Peak Hours - Quarter Hours ......................... D-38 Appendix Report 21 Peaks: Weekly Summary - Weekday By Peaks ...................... D-40 Appendix Report 22 Speed: Speed By Hour ........................................................... D-43 Appendix Report 23 Speed: Average Speed By Hour ............................................. D-44 Appendix Report 24 Speed: Weekday By Speed .................................................... D-45 Appendix Report 25 Length: Length By Hour .......................................................... D-47 Appendix Report 26 Length: Weekday By Length ................................................... D-48 Appendix Report 27 Error/Status: Lane By Error..................................................... D-50 Appendix Report 28 Error/Status: Lane By Status .................................................. D-52 Appendix Report 29 Error/Status: Error By Hour ..................................................... D-54 Appendix Report 30 Error/Status: Status By Hour ................................................... D-56 Appendix Report 31 Error/Status: Error By Weekday .............................................. D-58 Appendix Report 32 Error/Status: Status By Weekday............................................ D-60 Appendix Report 33 Error/Status: Status Percent By Hour ..................................... D-61 Appendix Report 34 Error/Status: Status Percent By Weekday .............................. D-63 Appendix Report 35 Error/Status: Error Percent By Hour ........................................ D-65 Appendix Report 36 Error/Status: Error Percent By Weekday................................. D-67 Appendix Report 37 Error/Status: Lane By Sensor Errors & Statuses ..................... D-69 Appendix Report 38 FHWA: TMG 2001 Station Description Report ........................ D-72 Appendix Report 39 FHWA: TMG 2001 Traffic Volume Report ............................... D-74 Appendix Report 40 FHWA: TMG 2001 Vehicle Classification Report .................... D-76 Appendix Report 41 FHWA: TMG 2001 Truck Weight Report ................................. D-78 Appendix Report 42 FHWA: TMG 2013 Station Description Report ........................ D-82 Appendix Report 43 FHWA: TMG 2013 Traffic Volume Report ............................... D-84 Appendix Report 44 FHWA: TMG 2013 Speed Data Report ................................... D-87 Appendix Report 45 FHWA: TMG 2013 Vehicle Classification Report .................... D-89 Appendix Report 46 FHWA: TMG 2013 Truck Weight Report ................................. D-91 Appendix Report 47 FHWA: TMG 2013 Detailed Per Vehicle Report ...................... D-93 Appendix Report 48 Weight: Class By Gross Vehicle Weight ............................... D-100 Appendix Report 49 Weight: Class By Front Axle Weight ..................................... D-102 Appendix Report 50 Weight: Class By Single Axle Weight .................................... D-104 Appendix Report 51 Weight: Class By Tandem Axle Weight................................. D-106 Appendix Report 52 Weight: Class By Tridem Axle Weight .................................. D-108 Appendix Report 53 Weight: Class By Quadrem Axle Weight ............................... D-110 Appendix Report 54 Weight: Avg GVW Class By Hour ......................................... D-112 Appendix Report 55 Weight: Avg GVW Weekday By Class .................................. D-114 Appendix Report 56 Weight: Max GVW Weekday By Class ................................. D-116 Appendix Report 57 Weight: GVW By Hour .......................................................... D-118 Appendix Report 58 Weight: GVW By Day Of Month ............................................ D-120 Appendix Report 59 Weight: GVW By Month ........................................................ D-122 Appendix Report 60 Weight Violation: Weight Violation By Hour .......................... D-124 Appendix Report 61 Weight Violation: Weight Violation By Class ......................... D-126 Appendix Report 62 Weight Violation: Weight Violation Class By Hour ................. D-128 Appendix Report 63 Weight Violation: Weight Violation By Weekday ................... D-130 Appendix Report 64 IRD ASCII: IRD ASCII Raw Data .......................................... D-131 Appendix Report 65 IRD ASCII: IRD ASCII Extended RAW Data Set ................... D-132


IANALYZE PAGE L-5

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix Report 66 ESAL: Total ESAL Class By Hour ......................................... D-134 Appendix Report 67 ESAL: Max ESAL Weekday By Class ................................... D-136 Appendix Report 68 Safety System: Safety System Site Summary....................... D-138 Appendix Report 69 Safety System: Safety System Class By Hour Page 1 .......... D-140 Appendix Report 70 Safety System: Safety System Class By Hour Page 2 .......... D-141 Appendix Report 71 Safety System: Safety System Lane By Hour ....................... D-143 Appendix Report 72 Road Condition: Road Condition By Hour ............................. D-145 Appendix Report 73 Road Condition: Road Condition By Weekday ...................... D-147 Appendix Report 74 Road Condition: Road Condition Percent By Hour ................ D-149 Appendix Report 75 Road Condition: Road Condition Percent By Weekday ......... D-150 Appendix Report 76 Road Condition: Road Condition Changes Summary ........... D-152 Appendix Report 77 Road Condition: Road Condition Daily Summary .................. D-155 Appendix Report 78 Road Condition: Road Condition Monthly Summary ............. D-157 Appendix Report 79 External Data Items CSV - License Plate Information Report D-159 Appendix Report 80 External Data Items CSV - Identifier Tags ............................ D-160 Appendix Report 81 External Data items CSV – USDOT ...................................... D-161 Appendix Report 82 CTWIM: Lane By GVW Class 9 ............................................ D-164 Appendix Report 83 CTWIM: Lane By GVW Class 11 .......................................... D-166 Appendix Report 84 CTWIM: Lane By GVW Class 14 .......................................... D-168 Appendix Report 85 CTWIM: Avg Weights & Spacings By Speed Class 9 ............ D-170 Appendix Report 86 CTWIM: Avg Weights & Lengths By Speed Class 11 ............ D-172 Appendix Report 87 CTWIM: Avg Weights & Lengths By Speed Class 14 ............ D-174 Appendix Report 88 Other: Average Temperature By Hour .................................. D-176 Appendix Report 89 Other: Autocalibration ........................................................... D-178 Appendix Report 90 Other: WIM Error By Class – CVO ........................................ D-179 Appendix Report 91 Other Reports: PRN Speed By Class ................................... D-181 Appendix Report 92 Other: ASTM 1318 Type I WIM Compliance ......................... D-188 Appendix Report 93 Other: ASTM 1318 Type II WIM Compliance ........................ D-189 Appendix Report 94 Other: ASTM 1318 Type III WIM Compliance ....................... D-190 Appendix Report 95 Custom: TRIPS - 200 Report .................................................... E-2 Appendix Report 96 Custom: PVR (Per Vehicle Record) - 201 Report ..................... E-5 Appendix Report 97 Custom: Vehicle Classification Report - 202 ............................. E-7 Appendix Report 98 Custom: Truck Weight Report - 203 .......................................... E-9 Appendix Report 99 Custom: Traffic Volume Report - 204 ...................................... E-11 Appendix Report 100 Custom: Speed Data Report - 205 .......................................... E-14 Appendix Report 101 Custom: ASCII Raw Data - 206 Report ................................... E-15 Appendix Report 102 Custom: Heartbeat - 207 Report ............................................. E-18 Appendix Report 103 Custom: Vehicle Classification With Zeroes - 208 Report ....... E-19 Appendix Report 104 Custom: Axle Load Summary - 209 ........................................ E-22 Appendix Report 105 Custom: Traffic Volume With Zeroes - 210 ............................. E-23 Appendix Report 106 Custom: Speed Data With Zeroes Report - 211 ...................... E-25 Appendix Report 107 Custom: Hourly Volume Summary - 212 Report ..................... E-26 Appendix Report 108 Custom: ASCII Classification - 213 Report ............................. E-27 Appendix Report 109 Custom: ASCII Speed Report - 214 ........................................ E-29 Appendix Report 110 Custom: ASCII Truck Record - 215 ......................................... E-30 Appendix Report 111 Custom: Overweight Vehicle - 216 .......................................... E-34 Appendix Report 112 Custom: Overweight By Day Of Month - 217 .......................... E-36 Appendix Report 113 Custom: Count By Percentage Overweight - 218 .................... E-37 Appendix Report 114 Custom: ASCII Raw Data Fixed Width - 219 Report ............... E-38 Appendix Report 115 Custom: ASCII PAT Speed Report - 220 ................................ E-41 Appendix Report 116 Custom: ASCII PAT Classification Report - 221 ...................... E-42


IANALYZE PAGE L-6

DWG. # 82200101 REV Z 11/10/2015

Appendix Report 117 Custom: ASCII PAT Truck Records - 222 ............................... E-44 Appendix Report 118 Custom FHWA TMG Vehicle Classification: 4 Card Format .... E-47 Appendix Report 119 Custom FHWA TMG Vehicle Classification: 7 Card Format .... E-50 Appendix Report 120 Custom: FHWA TMG Station Description (SD) - 225 Report .. E-52 Appendix Report 121 Custom: Data Validity Check (TCC) - 500 ............................... E-54 Appendix Report 122 Custom: Data Validity Check (iSINC) - 501 ............................. E-57 Appendix Report 123 Custom: Data Validity Check (ASCII) - 502 Report ................. E-61

IANALYZE SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL

REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN APPR APPR DATE CONFIDENTIAL

THIS DOCUMENT

CONTAINS

INFORMATION

PROPRIETARY TO IRD

AND IS THEREFORE

NOT TO BE DISCLOSED

TO OTHERS OR USED

FOR PRODUCTION

WITHOUT WRITTEN

PERMISSION FROM

INTERNATIONAL ROAD

DYNAMICS INC.

INTERNATIONAL ROAD DYNAMICS INC.

SASKATOON SASKATCHEWAN CANADA U CHANGES AS PER: ECO-4642 SMc AJP FSL 13-Jun-2013

V CHANGES AS PER: ECO-5103 SMc AJP FSL 28-Aug-2013 DWG. TITLE:

IANALYZE

SOFTWARE OPERATOR'S MANUAL W CHANGES AS PER: ECO-5358 SMc AJP FSL 10-Dec-2013

X CHANGES AS PER: ECO-5726 SMc AJP FSL 10-Jul-2014

Y CHANGES AS PER: ECO-8572 JHo JBo FSL 21-Sep-2015 SIZE: A DWG. No.: 82200101 REV.: Z

Z CHANGES AS PER: ECO-8818 JHo 06-Nov-2015 DIMENSIONS: N/A

FILENAME: 82200101.DOCX SHEET 1 of 1